RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORP
10-K, 1997-03-10
HOTELS & MOTELS
Previous: CDW COMPUTER CENTERS INC, SC 13G/A, 1997-03-10
Next: RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORP, S-1/A, 1997-03-10



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

      (Mark One)
[X]   Annual report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
      Exchange Act of 1934 [No Fee Required]

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996

[  ]  Transition report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
      Exchange Act of 1934 [Fee Required]

For the transition period from ___________________ to ____________________

                        Commission file number 000-21430

                          RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

        Nevada                                            88-0296885
- ------------------------                   -------------------------------------
(State of Incorporation)                   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

2901 Las Vegas Boulevard South                              89109
Vegas, Nevada                                             ----------
- -------------------------------                           (Zip Code) 
(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (702) 734-5110
                                                     --------------

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None
                                                             ----

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                          Common Stock, $.001 par value
                          -----------------------------
                                (Title of class)

           Indicate  by check  mark  whether  the  Registrant  (1) has filed all
reports  required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.
YES  X     NO
    --- 

           Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant
to Item 405 of Registration S-K is not contained herein, and will not be
contained, to the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K
or amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

           Based on the average price bid for the  Registrant's  Common Stock as
of March 4,  1997,  the  aggregate  market  value of the  voting  stock  held by
non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $46,920,000.

           As of  March  4,  1997,  the  number  of  outstanding  shares  of the
Registrant's Common Stock was 4,923,380.

Documents  incorporated by reference:  The Company's Proxy Statement dated April
16, 1997,  relating to the Annual Meeting of  Stockholders  to be held on May 8,
1997, is incorporated by reference in Part III hereof.

================================================================================
                               Page 1 of 39 Pages
                    Exhibit Index Appears on Page 34 hereof.


<PAGE>

                   RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                    ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR THE FISCAL
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


Item 1.    Business...........................................................3

           General .......................................................... 3
           Business and Growth Strategy...................................... 4
           The Riviera....................................................... 6
           Marketing Strategy................................................ 9
           Las Vegas Market..................................................10
           The Black Hawk Project............................................11
           Colorado Market...................................................12
           Riviera Gaming Management.........................................13
           Competition.......................................................13
           Employees and Labor Relations.....................................15
           Regulation and Licensing..........................................15
           Federal Registration..............................................24

Item 2.    Properties........................................................24

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings.................................................24

Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of
             Security Holders................................................24

Item 5.    Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and
             Related Security Holder Matters.................................25

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data...........................................26

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
             Condition and Results of Operations.............................27
           Results of Operations.............................................27
           1996 Compared to 1995.............................................27
           1995 Compared to 1994.............................................29
           Liquidity and Capital Resources...................................30
           Forward Looking Statements........................................31
           Recently Adopted Accounting Standards.............................32

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, etc..................32

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
             Accounting and Financial Disclosure.............................32

Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant................33

Item 11.   Executive Compensation....................................... ....33

Item 12.   Principal Shareholders............................................33

Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions ...................33

Item 14.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and
             Reports on Form 8K..............................................34



                                        2

<PAGE>



                                     PART I

Item 1.    Business

General

           Riviera Holdings  Corporation,  a Nevada corporation (the "Company"),
through its wholly owned  subsidiary,  Riviera Operating  Corporation,  a Nevada
corporation  ("ROC"),  owns  and  operates  the  Riviera  Hotel  &  Casino  (the
"Riviera")  located on the Strip in Las Vegas,  Nevada.  The  Riviera  caters to
adults seeking traditional Las Vegas-style gaming and entertainment. The Riviera
is situated on a 26-acre  site across the Strip from Circus  Circus and adjacent
to the Las  Vegas  Hilton  and the Las Vegas  Convention  Center.  The  property
features approximately 2,100 hotel rooms (including 169 suites),  105,000 square
feet of casino  space,  a 100,000  square-foot  convention,  meeting and banquet
facility (one of the largest in Las Vegas),  four  full-service  restaurants,  a
430-seat buffet, four showrooms,  a 200-seat  entertainment  lounge, 47 food and
retail  concessions and approximately  2,900 parking spaces. The casino contains
approximately  1,300  slot  machines,  50 gaming  tables,  a keno  lounge  and a
200-seat race and sports book. The Riviera also offers one of the most extensive
entertainment  programs in Las Vegas, including such popular shows as Splash, An
Evening at La Cage,  Crazy Girls and Bottoms Up and  featured  comedians  at the
Riviera Comedy Club.

           Opened in 1955, the Riviera was one of the original  casino/hotels on
the Las Vegas Strip catering to high stakes gamblers. Since opening, the Riviera
has been expanded  several  times.  The most recent  expansion,  which  occurred
during 1988 through 1990,  resulted in significant  cost overruns and ultimately
contributed to the Company's  predecessor  filing for  bankruptcy  protection in
1991. In 1992 the current management team was assembled and successfully  guided
the Company  through its emergence from  bankruptcy in June 1993. As a result of
the bankruptcy,  all of the Common Stock and $100.0 million of the Company's 11%
Mortgage  Notes due December  31, 2002 (the "First  Mortgage  Notes")  under the
First  Mortgage Note Indenture (the "Note  Indenture")  were  distributed to the
secured creditors of the predecessor company.

           The new management  team  implemented new marketing  programs,  which
included targeting  California and the southwestern United States, and initiated
a number of strategic changes to reposition the Riviera,  including a shift from
"high-rollers"  to mid-level gaming customers,  particularly  slot players,  who
seek a broader  entertainment  experience.  Management  reconfigured  the casino
space to improve the flow of customer  traffic,  installed new slot machines and
bill acceptors,  reduced the number of gaming tables and de-emphasized baccarat.
Management  also decreased the volatility of gaming  revenues by reducing credit
limits,  outsourcing the Company's  sports book and shifting to parimutuel horse
wagering.  Improved hotel marketing  efforts have resulted in one of the highest
room occupancy rates on the Strip.

           On October 22, 1996,  the Company filed a  registration  statement on
Form S-1,  registration  no.  333-14593 (the  "Registration  Statement"),  for a
public  offering of its Common Stock (the  "Offering").  The Company  expects to
file an Amendment No. 1 to the  Registration  Statement  ("Amendment  No. 1") on
March 10, 1997.  The Offering,  as amended by Amendment No. 1,  contemplates  an
underwritten  offering by the Company of 1,750,000 shares of its Common Stock to
the public  and the sale of  1,250,000  shares of Common  Stock to the public by
certain selling stockholders in a secondary  underwritten  offering. The Company
also granted the underwriters an option to purchase an additional 450,000 shares
of Common Stock to cover over-allotments. Based on the last reported sales price
of $14.125 on the  American  Stock  Exchange  on March 4, 1997,  and  subject to
market  conditions,  the Company  would  receive  (excluding  the  underwriters'
over-allotment  option) net proceeds  from the Offering of  approximately  $24.1
million (after  deducting  expenses of the Offering  estimated at  approximately
$0.6 million).

                                        3

<PAGE>




Business and Growth Strategy

           Over  the past  several  years,  management  initiated  a  number  of
strategic  changes at the Riviera to  reposition  the property to compete in the
Las Vegas  gaming  market.  The Company  has  formulated  a business  and growth
strategy to maintain the competitive position of the Riviera as well as grow the
Company.  The key elements of the  Company's  business  and growth  strategy are
discussed below.

Develop New Casino/Hotels

           The  Company  intends to pursue a growth  strategy by  developing  or
acquiring casino/hotel properties in Nevada and other jurisdictions.  As part of
this  strategy,  on March 4, 1997,  the Company  entered into a letter of intent
with Eagle to form RBL as a joint  venture to develop the Black Hawk  Project at
what  management  believes is the premier gaming site in the Black  Hawk/Central
City,  Colorado gaming market.  The 71,000 square foot site,  zoned entirely for
gaming,  is the first gaming site  encountered when traveling from Denver and is
approximately  an hour drive  from and 40 miles  west of  Denver.  Approximately
three million people live within a 100-mile  radius of Black  Hawk/Central  City
and  casinos in the market  generated  gaming  revenues  of  approximately  $291
million in 1995 and $309 million in 1996.

           In addition  to the Black Hawk  Project,  the  Company  also plans to
review and selectively acquire or develop casino/hotel properties both in Nevada
and other  jurisdictions.  These other  jurisdictions  may include  Michigan and
Mexico.  Other than the Black Hawk Project,  the Company does not presently have
any agreements in principle for  involvement in any new or financially  troubled
projects.

Manage Distressed Casino/Hotel Properties

           In order to capitalize on  management's  experience in  repositioning
and managing the Riviera  through the  bankruptcy  process,  the Company  formed
Riviera Gaming  Management,  Inc.  ("RGM") for the primary  purpose of obtaining
casino management contracts with financially distressed  casino/hotels in Nevada
and other  jurisdictions.  Since  August  1996,  RGM has been  managing the Four
Queens  Hotel/Casino  ("Four Queens")  located  adjacent to the Golden Nugget on
Fremont Street in downtown Las Vegas. Under the Four Queens management contract,
RGM receives a guaranteed minimum  management fee plus additional  compensation,
based  on  earnings  before  interest,   taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization
("EBITDA")  improvement  of the Four Queens,  and warrants to purchase 20% (on a
fully diluted basis) of the equity of the Four Queens' parent.

           The Company believes that there is increasing demand for the services
of skilled gaming and hospitality  professionals.  The Company intends to pursue
management  contracts  with  other  financially  distressed  gaming  properties.
Management  is actively  reviewing and  evaluating  other  financially  troubled
gaming properties in Nevada and other jurisdictions with a view towards managing
properties with underlying sound business potential and in which the Company can
purchase an equity interest.

Continue to Improve Performance of the Riviera

           The Riviera will continue to emphasize marketing programs that appeal
to slot and  mid-level  table game  customers  with a focus on  creating  repeat
customers and increasing walk-in traffic.  Key elements of this strategy include
offering a  value-oriented  experience  by  providing a variety of hotel  rooms,
restaurants and  entertainment,  with some of Las Vegas' most popular shows, all
at reasonable  prices. The Company is continuing an extensive capital investment
program at the Riviera, including completion of the upgrade of its slot machines
in the second  quarter  of 1997 and the  refurbishment  of all its hotel  rooms,
which is expected to be completed in the fall of 1997. In addition,  the Company
will

                                        4

<PAGE>



focus its marketing to take advantage of the Riviera's  location by capitalizing
on the anticipated  increase in walk-in traffic from the addition of 1,000 rooms
across the Strip at Circus Circus and the expansions of the Las Vegas Hilton and
the Las Vegas Convention Center.

           Emphasize Slot Play. Management instituted a number of initiatives at
the  Riviera  to  increase  slot play,  including  the  replacement  of old slot
machines, the installation of bill acceptors and the addition of slot hosts. The
Company's  strategy  is to  continue to  increase  slot play  through  marketing
programs and other improvements,  including (i) completion of the Company's slot
upgrade  program in the second  quarter of 1997,  (ii)  addition of new signage,
(iii)  promotion  of  the  Riviera  Player's  Club,  (iv)  sponsorship  of  slot
tournaments,  (v) creation of  promotional  programs  and (vi)  marketing of the
"World's Loosest Corner of Slots" and "$40 for $20" slot promotions.

           Create Repeat  Customers.  Generating  customer loyalty is a critical
component  of  management's  business  strategy as  retaining  customers is less
expensive than attracting new ones. The Company  generates  repeat  customers by
(i)  providing a high level of service to its  customers  to ensure an enjoyable
experience  while at the Riviera,  (ii) responding to customer surveys and (iii)
focusing  marketing efforts and promotional  programs on customers with positive
gaming profiles.

           Provide  Extensive   Entertainment   Options.  The  Company  believes
entertainment  provides an attractive marketing tool to attract customers to the
Riviera. The Riviera offers one of the most extensive  entertainment programs in
Las Vegas,  including such well received  shows as Splash (a variety  show),  An
Evening at La Cage (a female  impersonation  show), Crazy Girls (an adult revue)
and Bottoms Up (a  burlesque-style  show) as well as featured  comedians  at the
Riviera  Comedy Club. The Company  continually  updates its shows in response to
customer  surveys and to keep them  fresh.  Tickets for the shows are offered at
reasonable prices in keeping with the Company's emphasis on mid-level customers.

           Attract Walk-In Traffic.  The Company seeks to maximize the number of
people who patronize  the Riviera that are not guests in the hotel.  The Riviera
is well situated on the Las Vegas Strip near Circus Circus, The Stardust Hotel &
Casino,  the Westward Ho Casino & Hotel,  the Las Vegas Hilton and the Las Vegas
Convention   Center.   Management   strives  to  attract  customers  from  those
facilities,  as well as  capitalize  on the  growth  in Las  Vegas  visitors  in
general,  with the goal of increasing walk-in traffic by (i) providing a variety
of quality,  value-priced  entertainment and dining options,  (ii) promoting the
"World's Loosest Corner of Slots" and "$40 for $20" slot promotions, and placing
them near the  entrances  to the casino,  (iii)  upgrading  the  exterior of the
Riviera including painting, lighting and landscaping and (iv) completing Phase I
(see "-- Further Develop the Riviera") to attract customers into the casino.

           Focus  on  Convention  Customers.   The  Riviera  targets  convention
business because it typically  provides patrons willing to pay higher room rates
and it provides certain advance planning benefits, since conventions are usually
booked two years in advance of the event date.  The  Riviera has 100,000  square
feet of  exhibit,  meeting  and  banquet  space (one of the  largest  convention
facilities  provided by a  casino/hotel  in Las Vegas)  making it  attractive to
large groups.  Management  focuses its marketing  efforts on  conventions  whose
participants  have the most active gaming profile and higher room rate,  banquet
and function  spending  habits.  The Riviera also benefits from its proximity to
the  Las  Vegas  Convention  Center  which  makes  it  attractive  to  city-wide
conventioneers  looking  to avoid  the  congestion  that  occurs  during a major
convention, particularly at the south end of the Strip.


                                        5

<PAGE>



Further Develop the Riviera

           The  Company  has  engaged  architects  and  designers  to prepare an
overall  expansion plan (the "Master  Plan") for the existing  26-acre site. The
Company believes that  implementation of the Master Plan will attract additional
customers.

           Phase I. The initial  phase of the Master Plan will  include a 40,000
square foot expansion of the 100,000 square foot convention, meeting and banquet
facility at an estimated cost of approximately  $6 million.  The Company derives
approximately 25% of its hotel occupancy from convention customers and considers
them a critical  component of its customer  base.  Management  believes  that an
expansion of the convention  space is necessary to accommodate the growth in the
size and number of the groups  that  presently  use the  facility as well as new
groups.  Phase I will also include the redevelopment of the approximately 20,000
square feet of vacant space  fronting  the Las Vegas  Strip,  across from Circus
Circus, to attract walk-in traffic as well as tourists throughout the city.

           Future   Phases.   Future  Phases  may  include   development  of  an
approximately 60,000 square foot domed shopping and entertainment  complex to be
constructed  directly over the casino and  containing  stores and  entertainment
that will appeal to the Riviera's  main target  audience,  adults aged 45 to 70.
The exit from the complex will be by an escalator  which will deliver patrons to
the casino. The Company expects to find partners to finance, develop and operate
the   entertainment   attraction  and  retail  stores.   The  Company  also  has
approximately  nine acres available for additional  development.  The Company is
exploring  a number of  options  in order to make the best use of this  valuable
land.

           As part of the  Master  Plan,  the  Company  is  considering  a joint
venture for the  development  of a  time-share  condominium  tower.  The Company
expects  to  contribute  land  to the  joint  venture  and a third  party  would
construct and sell time-share units and arrange financing.  Management  believes
that  additional  rooms  adjacent to the Las Vegas  Convention  Center  would be
particularly  attractive  to  business  customers  and  would  provide a base of
additional casino customers.  Other potential  development  projects include the
construction  of a new  hotel  tower  and  additional  parking  facilities.  The
development of a time-share tower, hotel tower or parking facility would require
additional financing, a release of restrictions under the Note Indenture and, in
the case of the  time-share  tower, a joint venture  partner,  none of which the
Company has in place at this time.

The Riviera

           The  Riviera is located  on the  corner of Las Vegas  Boulevard,  the
"Strip," and Riviera Drive, across the Strip from Circus Circus. The back of the
26-acre  property  fronts Paradise Road across from the Las Vegas Hilton and the
Las Vegas  Convention  Center.  The  Riviera  is  strategically  located to take
advantage of the high tourist  traffic along the Strip as well as the increasing
number of convention customers that use the Las Vegas Convention Center.

           Gaming.  The  Riviera has 105,000  square feet of casino  space.  The
casino  currently has  approximately  1,300 slot machines and 50 gaming  tables,
including blackjack,  craps,  roulette,  pai gow poker, Caribbean Stud(R) poker,
baccarat, Let It Ride(R) and poker. The casino also includes a keno lounge and a
200-seat race and sports book.

           Gaming  operations  at the  Riviera  are  continually  monitored  and
modified to respond to both changing market conditions and customer demand in an
effort to attract new customers, retain existing customers, and encourage repeat
customer business.  New and innovative slot and table games have been introduced
based on customer feedback. Management devotes substantial time and attention to
the type, location and player activity of all its slot machines.  The Company is
continuing an extensive capital

                                        6

<PAGE>



investment  program for the upgrade of its slot machines which is expected to be
completed in the second quarter of 1997.

           The  current  management  team has made an  effort  to  redirect  its
business  away from  high-stakes  wagerers and to focus,  instead,  on mid-level
gaming  customers  and thus  has  implemented  stricter  credit  policies  and a
reduction of baccarat  table limits.  As a result,  the percentage of table game
dollar volume represented by credit play declined from approximately 24% in 1993
to 15% in 1996.  Because the extension of credit is not as necessary for success
with mid-level gaming customers,  management  expects that providing credit, and
the risks  associated  with  possible  losses on  uncollectible  and  discounted
receivables,  will  continue  to be less  significant  to the  casino.  However,
because  management intends to maintain a balanced marketing strategy which will
include  some level of credit  being  extended,  providing  credit and the risks
associated  therewith will remain.  Receivables from casino operations  declined
from  approximately  $2.9  million at December  31, 1993 to  approximately  $2.3
million at December 31, 1996 and the allowance for bad debts and discounts  from
casino operations  declined from  approximately  $763,000 to $432,000 during the
same period. These reductions resulted primarily from the imposition of stricter
credit  standards.  Management  maintains  strict  controls over the issuance of
credit and aggressively pursues collection of its customer receivables.

           Hotel.  The  Riviera's  hotel is  comprised of five hotel towers with
approximately  2,100 rooms,  including 169 suites.  Built in 1955 as part of the
original  casino/hotel,  the  nine-story  North Tower  features 391 rooms and 11
suites.  In 1967,  the  12-story  South  Tower was  built  with 147 rooms and 31
suites. Another 220 rooms and 72 suites including penthouse suites were added to
the property through the construction of the 17-story Monte Carlo Tower in 1974.
In 1977,  the  six-story  San Remo  Tower  added 243 rooms and six suites to the
south side of the resort. The most recent phase of hotel expansion was completed
in 1988 upon the opening of the 930 room, 49 suite,  24-story Monaco Tower.  The
Company is currently  refurbishing all of its rooms,  with  approximately  1,100
completed  through the end of 1996 and the balance  expected to be  completed in
the  fall of 1997.  Management  believes  that the  Riviera  has  attained  room
occupancy  rates  that are among the  highest  on the Strip with 97.5% for 1994,
97.0% for 1995, and 98.2% for 1996 (based on available rooms).

           Restaurants.  The  quality,  value and variety of food  services  are
critical to attracting Las Vegas visitors. The Riviera offers four bars and five
restaurants  and  serves  an  average  of  approximately  5,000  meals  per day,
including  banquets and room service.  The following  table  outlines,  for each
restaurant, the type of service provided and total seating capacity:


                                                               Seating
Name                         Type                              Capacity
- ----                         ----                              --------

Kady's                       Coffee Shop                          290
Kristofer's                  Steak and Seafood                    162
Rik' Shaw                    Chinese                              124
Ristorante Italian           Italian                              126
World's Fare Buffet          All-you-can-eat                      432
                                                                -----
           Total.........................................       1,134
                                                                =====


           In addition,  the Riviera has a food court  operated by a third party
under a  long-term  lease  with 200 seats  and  several  fast-food  restaurants,
including Burger King(R), Panda Express(R), Pizza Hut(R) and "TCBY"(R).

                                        7

<PAGE>




           Convention  Center.  The  Riviera  features  100,000  square  feet of
convention,  meeting  and banquet  space.  The  convention  center is one of the
largest in Las Vegas and is an important  feature that attracts  customers.  The
facility  can be  reconfigured  for  multiple  meetings of small groups or large
gatherings  of  up  to  5,000  people.  The  Riviera  hosts   approximately  150
conventions  per year.  As of December  31,  1996,  the Riviera had over 440,000
confirmed  convention-related  room  nights  for  1997  and  1998.  On  average,
approximately  25% of the rooms are occupied for conventions.  See "Business and
Growth  Strategy -- Further  Develop the Riviera" for a description of potential
expansion of the convention center.

           Entertainment  and Other.  The Riviera has one of the most  extensive
entertainment programs in Las Vegas, offering five different regularly scheduled
shows and special  appearances  by headline  entertainers  in concert.  The five
in-house  productions are regularly  updated and changed.  In November 1994, the
award  winning  Splash  production  was  closed in order to revise  the show and
remodel  the  showroom  for the new Splash,  which  opened on June 23,  1995.  A
summary of the shows and times is outlined below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               Seating
Show                        Type                                 Performance Times                            Capacity
- ----                        ----                                 -----------------                            --------
<S>                         <C>                                  <C>                                             <C>
Splash                      Variety show                         Twice a night, seven nights per                 950
                                                                 week

An Evening at La            Female impersonation                 Twice a night, five nights per                  575
Cage                                                             week; three times on
                                                                 Wednesday

Crazy Girls                 Adult-oriented production            Twice a night, five nights per                  410
                                                                 week; three times per night on
                                                                 Saturday

Bottoms Up                  Afternoon burlesque show             Twice a day, five days per                      410
                                                                 week

The Riviera                 Stand-up comedy                      Twice a night, five nights per                  350
Comedy Club                                                      week; three times a night on
                                                                 Friday & Saturday
</TABLE>


           Other  entertainment  includes the  200-seat Le Bistro  entertainment
lounge located in the casino which offers live performances six times per night.
In addition,  the Riviera  sponsors  special events,  such as the Las Vegas Bowl
football  game,  and presents major concerts such as the Beach Boys, the Pointer
Sisters, Drew Carey and the Doobie Brothers.

           The Riviera's  pool area is  approximately  75,000 square feet and is
centrally located between the property's hotel towers. The pool area features an
olympic-size  swimming  pool.  The Riviera also has tennis  courts and a fitness
center and spa.

           The Riviera has 41 retail concessions located throughout the property
which include gift shops, a jewelry store,  men and women's  apparel  stores,  a
children's shop and a shoe store.


                                        8

<PAGE>



Marketing Strategy

           In contrast to many of the new casino/hotels  that cater to families,
the  Company  believes  its  customers  prefer  a  traditional  Las  Vegas-style
entertainment  and gaming  environment.  As a result,  the  Company  focuses its
marketing  efforts on adults.  The operating  profits of the Riviera depend upon
the level of gaming  activity  in the casino as well as revenues  from  lodging,
food  and   beverage,   conventions,   entertainment   and  retail   operations.
Accordingly,  the marketing  strategy of the Riviera is to (i) target  customers
age 45 to 70 who have more  discretionary  income and higher spending  profiles,
(ii)  achieve  maximum  occupancy  and room  rates  and  (iii)  obtain  the most
profitable mix of business.  In developing its overall marketing  programs,  the
Company  conducts   extensive,   ongoing  research  of  its  target   customers'
preferences through written surveys, one-on-one interviews and focus groups.

           The  Company  focuses on  attracting  its  guests  through a range of
entertainment  opportunities.   The  Riviera  has  one  of  the  most  extensive
entertainment  programs  in Las Vegas with five  different  regularly  scheduled
shows and special appearances by headline entertainers. In addition, the Riviera
offers a variety of  quality  dining  options,  a range of  accommodations  from
deluxe rooms to penthouse suites, numerous recreational facilities and 41 retail
outlets located  throughout the property.  The Company believes that it offers a
value-oriented experience by providing a variety of hotel rooms, restaurants and
entertainment,  with some of Las Vegas' most popular  shows,  all at  reasonable
prices.

           The Company designs  promotional offers targeted at certain mid-level
gaming patrons that are expected to provide revenues based upon their historical
gaming patterns.  The Company contacts these customers  through a combination of
direct mail and  telemarketing  by an in-house  marketing  staff and independent
representatives located in major cities. The Riviera uses a proprietary database
which is linked  to its  player  tracking  system  to help  identify  customers'
requirements and preferences; this allows the Riviera to customize promotions to
attract repeat  visitors.  The Company offers  customers  personalized  service,
credit  availability  and access to a variety of  complimentary  or reduced rate
room,  dinner and  entertainment  reservations.  Management  uses a  specialized
multi-tiered marketing approach to attract customers in each of its major market
segments. In addition,  the Company hosts an array of special events,  including
slot and table tournaments, designed to attract customers for an extended stay.

           The Company focuses its marketing efforts in the southwestern  United
States during the spring and summer months and in the  midwestern  United States
during  the fall and  winter  months  because of the  vacation  patterns  of the
Riviera's target customers in those markets. Marketing efforts in California are
consistent  throughout  the year  reflecting  the  constant  flow of  California
residents to Las Vegas.

           One of the Company's most successful permanent promotions is its "$40
for $20" slot promotion which attracts slot players to the casino. The promotion
offers $40 of slot play on certain  promotional  machines  for $20 cash.  If the
customer  does not win a jackpot of at least $40, a prize with a retail value of
at least $20 is awarded.  The sign-up  counter and the  promotion  machines  are
located near an entrance to the casino and often draw long lines of patrons. The
Company has introduced this promotion at the Four Queens and has been approached
to license  this  promotion  to other  casinos  as well,  which it may do in the
future.

           Another successful promotion is the "World's Loosest Corner of Slots"
which is an area of the casino that  contains  banks of slot  machines  with the
guaranteed  highest  payback  percentages of any similar  machines in Las Vegas.
Like the "$40 for $20" slot promotion,  the "World's Loosest Corner of Slots" is
located near an entrance to the casino to attract walk-in traffic.

           The Company targets the following segments of the Las Vegas market:


                                        9

<PAGE>



           Mid-Level  Gaming  Customers.  The Company has  developed a marketing
program intended to develop a loyal following of repeat slot and mid-level table
game customers.  Management  believes it has been able to  successfully  attract
these  patrons  using  the  Riviera's  restaurants,   hotel  accommodations  and
entertainment  and by  focusing on customer  service.  Management  has adopted a
selective  approach to the  extension  of credit to these  customers in order to
reduce  volatility of operating  results.  The Company uses its research data to
tailor promotional offers to the specific tastes of targeted customers. All slot
and table players are  encouraged to join the Riviera  Player's Club and to fill
out surveys that provide the Riviera with personal  information  and preferences
and tracks their level of play.  Members of the Riviera Player's Club earn bonus
points based upon their level of play, redeemable for free gifts,  complimentary
services or cash rebates.  Promotional  offers are made to qualifying  customers
through direct mail and telemarketing.

           Tour and Travel.  The tour and travel segment of the market  consists
of customers  from across the country who utilize  "packages" to reduce the cost
of travel,  lodging and entertainment.  These packages are produced by wholesale
operators  and  travel  agents and  emphasize  mid-week  stays.  Tour and travel
patrons  often  book at  off-peak  periods  enabling  the  Company  to  maintain
occupancy  rates at the  highest  levels  throughout  the year.  Management  has
developed  specialized  marketing  programs and  cultivated  relationships  with
wholesale  operators,  travel  agents and major  domestic air carriers to expand
this market.  The Company's three largest tour and travel  operators,  including
America West Vacations,  currently  account for  approximately 500 room bookings
per night.  The Company makes an effort to convert tour and travel customers who
meet the Company's target customer profile into repeat customers.

           Conventions.  This market segment  consists of two groups:  (i) those
trade organizations and groups that hold their events in the banquet and meeting
space provided by a single hotel,  and (ii) those  attending  city-wide  events,
usually held at the Las Vegas Convention  Center. The Riviera targets convention
business because it typically  provides patrons willing to pay higher room rates
and provides certain advance planning  benefits,  since  conventions are usually
booked two years in advance of the event date.  The  Riviera has 100,000  square
feet of  exhibit,  meeting  and  banquet  space (one of the  largest  convention
facilities  provided by a  casino/hotel  in Las Vegas)  making it  attractive to
large groups.  Management  focuses its marketing  efforts on  conventions  whose
participants  have the most active gaming profile and higher room rate,  banquet
and function  spending  habits.  The Riviera also benefits from its proximity to
the  Las  Vegas  Convention  Center  which  makes  it  attractive  to  city-wide
conventioneers  looking  to avoid  the  congestion  that  occurs  during a major
convention, particularly at the south end of the Strip.

           Free and  Independent  Travelers.  This  market  segment  consists of
persons  who  travel to Las  Vegas  from all  areas of the  world,  many of whom
originate  from the western United  States.  These  customers are not affiliated
with  groups  and make  their  reservations  directly  with the hotel or through
independent  travel agents. The Riviera benefits from high name recognition with
this market segment.

Las Vegas Market

           The Riviera  targets the large and  expanding  Las Vegas  tourist and
gaming market. Las Vegas is the largest city in Nevada,  with a local population
in excess of one million,  and is Nevada's principal tourist center.  Gaming and
tourism  are  the  major  attractions,  complemented  by  warm  weather  and the
availability of many  year-round  recreational  activities.  Although Las Vegas'
principal   markets  are  the  western  region  of  the  United   States,   most
significantly  Southern  California  and  Arizona,  Las Vegas  also  serves as a
destination  resort for  visitors  from all of North  America.  In  addition,  a
significant  percentage of visitors originate from Latin America and Pacific Rim
countries such as Japan, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Singapore.


                                       10

<PAGE>



           Las Vegas is one of the  largest and  fastest  growing  entertainment
markets in the  country.  According  to the Las Vegas  Convention  and  Visitors
Authority  (the  "LVCVA"),  the number of  visitors  traveling  to Las Vegas has
increased  at a steady  and  significant  rate for the last ten years  from 15.2
million in 1986 to more than 29.0 million in 1995, a compound annual growth rate
of 7.5%. Gaming has continued to be a strong and growing business with Las Vegas
Strip gaming  revenues  increasing at a compound annual growth rate of 9.9% from
$1.6 billion in 1986 to $3.6 billion in 1995.

           Historically, Las Vegas has had one of the strongest hotel markets in
the country.  The number of hotel and motel rooms in Las Vegas has  increased by
over 40% from  approximately  67,000  at the end of 1989 to 95,000 at the end of
1996,  giving Las Vegas the most hotel and motel rooms of any metropolitan  area
in the country.  Despite this  significant  increase in the supply of rooms, the
Las Vegas hotel occupancy rate exceeded 91% for each of 1993, 1994, 1995 and the
first 11 months of 1996.  Since January 1, 1996,  approximately  4,700 new hotel
rooms  opened and as of  December  31,  1996,  there were over 9,200 hotel rooms
under construction (which combined constitutes a 14.7% increase in the number of
hotel and motel rooms in Las Vegas) and the LVCVA  estimated that  approximately
60,000 additional hotel rooms were proposed for construction.

           The Company believes that the growth in the Las Vegas market has been
enhanced  as a result of a  dedicated  program  by the LVCVA and major Las Vegas
casino/hotels  to promote Las Vegas as a major  convention  site,  the increased
capacity of McCarran  Airport and the  introduction of large themed  destination
resorts  in Las  Vegas.  In 1986,  approximately  1.5  million  people  attended
conventions in Las Vegas and generated  approximately $1.0 billion of non-gaming
economic  impact.  For the  first 11 months of 1996,  the  number of  convention
delegates  had  increased  to 3.2 million  with  approximately  $3.9  billion of
non-gaming  economic  impact.  According to the LVCVA, Las Vegas was the largest
convention market in the country in 1995.

           During  the past  five  years,  McCarran  Airport  has  expanded  its
facilities to accommodate the increased  number of airlines and passengers which
it services.  The number of passengers  traveling  through  McCarran Airport has
increased  from  approximately  12.4  million in 1986 to 30.5 million in 1996, a
compound  annual  growth rate of 9.4%.  Construction  is  currently  underway on
numerous roadway  enhancements to improve access to the airport. The airport has
additional  long-term  expansion  plans underway  which will provide  additional
runways,  three  new  satellite  concourses,   60  additional  gates  and  other
facilities.

The Black Hawk Project

           The  Company  recently  signed a letter of intent  with Eagle to form
RBL, a joint  venture,  to develop a casino at what  management  believes is the
premier development site (the "Development Site") in Black Hawk,  Colorado.  The
Development Site is currently the closest gaming site to Denver and is the first
site  encountered  when  traveling from Denver to Black  Hawk/Central  City. The
Black Hawk/Central City market primarily serves the metropolitan Denver area and
is approximately an hour drive and 40 miles from central Denver.

           Located on South Main  Street,  the  Development  Site is directly in
front of the Colorado Central Station,  owned by Anchor Gaming, which management
believes is the most successful casino in Colorado due to its location, size and
availability of parking.  Unlike most other sites, the Development Site is level
and has a relatively broad footprint,  which provides  significant cost and time
savings  in  construction  relative  to other  projects  in the  market  and can
accommodate a large Las Vegas-style casino on one floor.



                                       11

<PAGE>



           The Development  Site comprises 71,000 square feet, zoned for gaming.
The casino  building  is  expected to be  approximately  62,000  square feet and
include  approximately 1,000 slot machines and 14 table games. In addition,  the
facility  will  provide  entertainment,  food  and  beverage  service  and  will
incorporate an attached covered parking  facility for 500 vehicles.  The Company
believes  that the Black Hawk  Project  could be expanded  beyond its  currently
permitted scope based on zoning waivers granted to other casino developers.

           The Company  currently  estimates  that total costs for completion of
the Black Hawk Project will be approximately $55 million.  The Company estimates
that, in addition to the equity financing of RBL,  approximately  $33 million of
third  party  mortgage  and  equipment  financing  will be  required in order to
complete  the  Black  Hawk  Project.  The  Company  currently  does not have any
commitments  for such  financing.  It is anticipated  that  construction  on the
Development Site will begin in the third quarter of 1997, with an opening of the
casino/hotel scheduled for mid-1998.

           The Black Hawk Project  joint  venture  outlined in the March 4, 1997
letter  of intent  (the  "Letter  of  Intent")  between  the  Company  and Eagle
contemplates the development of an integrated gaming,  entertainment and parking
facility on the  Development  Site.  As part of the proposed  joint  venture and
development   of  the  Black  Hawk   Project,   the  Company  will  purchase  an
approximately  80%  interest in RBL for $17.6  million and Eagle will acquire an
approximately  20% interest in RBL for $4.4 million,  assuming an  approximately
$55 million project cost and 40% equity  capitalization.  The Company intends to
use the net proceeds of the Offering to fund its investment in RBL. Eagle has an
option to increase its  ownership  interest in RBL up to 49.9% at any time prior
to the date on which RBL is  licensed  by the  Colorado  gaming  authorities  by
acquiring  such  additional  ownership  interest  from the  Company at cost.  In
addition,  the Company has committed to provide a completion  guaranty for up to
$5.0 million.  The Company will also enter into a management  agreement with RBL
that will provide for  management  fees based on gross revenue and EBITDA of the
casino.

           The Black Hawk  Project is subject to a number of  conditions.  These
conditions  include  obtaining  commitments  for  approximately  $33  million of
mortgage  and  equipment  financing  on  satisfactory  terms,  obtaining  bonded
fixed-price   construction  and  completion   contracts,   obtaining  regulatory
approvals for the Black Hawk Project and completing a development  and operating
agreement with Eagle.  There can be no assurance that these and other conditions
to the Black Hawk Project can be satisfied on terms satisfactory to the Company.

           In addition, the Black Hawk Project site may be subject to an adverse
mineral  rights  claim  which,  if  validated  through the appeal of the adverse
claimant,  could materially and adversely  affect  development of the Black Hawk
Project.  Further,  certain  environmental  conditions  exist at the Black  Hawk
Project  site,  the  remediation  or  related  costs  of  which  could  increase
development costs of the Black Hawk Project significantly.

Colorado Market

           In November  1990,  the state of  Colorado  approved  limited  stakes
gaming  ($5.00 or less per  wager) in two  historic  gold  mining  areas,  Black
Hawk/Central  City and Cripple  Creek.  Because of the $5.00  maximum  bet,  the
casinos in Colorado  emphasize  gaming machine play. Black Hawk and Central City
are contiguous and are located  approximately  40 miles from Denver and 10 miles
from  Interstate  70, the main highway  connecting  Denver to many of Colorado's
major ski resorts. Cripple Creek is located approximately 45 miles from Colorado
Springs and 75 miles from Pueblo. Casinos located in the Black Hawk/Central City
area  serve  primarily  the  residents  of  Denver  and  Boulder,  Colorado  and
surrounding  communities.  Approximately  three  million  people  live  within a
100-mile radius of the Black Hawk/Central City area.

                                       12

<PAGE>




           The following table sets forth  statistical  information  relating to
the growth of the Black Hawk/Central City market compiled from data published by
the Colorado Department of Revenue:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Years Ended December 31,
                                                   -----------------------------------------------------------

                                                      1993             1994           1995            1996
                                                   -----------     ------------     ---------     ------------

<S>                                                     <C>              <C>           <C>              <C>   
Aggregate Gaming Revenues (in millions)                 $186.2           $243.4        $291.0           $308.8

Revenue Per Slot Machine Per Day                        $69.55           $79.88        $84.94           $93.04

Average Number of Slot Machines                          6,922            7,705         8,636            8,446

Average Number of Casinos in Operation                      36               34            32               33

</TABLE>


Riviera Gaming Management

           In order to capitalize on  management's  experience in  repositioning
and managing the Riviera through the bankruptcy process, the Company formed RGM,
a wholly owned  subsidiary of the Company,  for the primary purpose of obtaining
casino management contracts with financially distressed  casino/hotels in Nevada
and other jurisdictions.  Management believes there will be an increasing demand
for their services by financially distressed casino/hotels. In addition, RGM may
provide other  services  including  assisting new venue  licensee  applicants in
designing and planning their gaming  operations and managing the start-up of new
gaming  operations.  These  services  would  include  casino  design,  equipment
selection, employee recruitment and training, control and accounting systems and
marketing programs.

           Four Queens  Management  Agreement.  Since August 1996,  RGM has been
operating  the Four  Queens  located  adjacent  to the Golden  Nugget on Fremont
Street in downtown Las Vegas under an interim management  agreement for a fee of
$83,333 per month. A long-term management agreement (the "Management Agreement")
with Elsinore Corporation ("Elsinore"),  the owner of the Four Queens, went into
effect on  February  28,  1997,  the  effective  date of the  Chapter 11 plan of
reorganization of Elsinore.

           The term of the  Management  Agreement  is  approximately  40 months,
subject to earlier  termination  or  extension.  Either  party may  terminate if
cumulative EBITDA for the first two fiscal years is less than $12.8 million. The
term can be extended by an additional  24 months at RGM's option,  if cumulative
EBITDA for the three  fiscal  years of the term is at least $19.2  million.  RGM
will be paid a fee of 25% of any  increase in annual  EBITDA over $4.0  million,
subject to a $1.0 million  minimum fee,  payable in equal monthly  installments.
RGM  has  received   warrants  for  20%  of  Elsinore's  fully  diluted  equity,
exercisable  during the term or extended term of the Management  Agreement at an
exercise  price  based on the  higher  of (i) the per  share  book  value on the
effective  date of the  Elsinore  bankruptcy  plan or (ii)  total  shareholders'
equity of $5.0 million.  Either party can terminate the Management  Agreement if
(i)  substantially all the Four Queens' assets are sold, (ii) the Four Queens is
merged or (iii) a majority of the Four  Queens' or  Elsinore's  shares are sold.
Upon such termination,  RGM will receive a $2.0 million  termination bonus minus
any amount realized or realizable upon exercise of the warrants.

Competition

           Intense  competition  exists in the gaming industry,  and many of the
Company's competitors have significantly greater resources than the Company. The
Riviera  faces  competition  from all other  casinos and hotels in the Las Vegas
area, principally  competitors located on or near the Las Vegas Strip. In recent
months,   several  of  the  Company's   direct   competitors   have  opened  new
casino/hotels or have

                                                        13

<PAGE>



commenced or completed major expansion  projects,  and other  casino/hotels  and
expansions are planned.  In addition,  a number of new mega-resorts on the Strip
have been announced and are expected to be completed  within the next two years.
Expansions or  enhancements  of existing  properties or the  construction of new
properties by competitors  could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business.

           Management  believes that the most direct competition for the Riviera
comes from certain large casino/hotels  located on or near the Strip which offer
amenities and marketing programs similar to those offered by the Riviera.  These
facilities  currently  include Bally's Las Vegas, the Flamingo Hilton Hotel, The
Frontier Hotel and Gambling Hall,  Harrah's Las Vegas,  The Monte Carlo Resort &
Casino,  the  Sahara  Resort &  Casino,  The  Stardust  Hotel &  Casino  and the
Tropicana  Resort & Casino.  The Riviera competes on the basis of the atmosphere
and excitement  offered by the facility,  the desirability of its location,  the
quality and relative value of its hotel rooms and  restaurants,  the quality and
variety  of  entertainment  offered,   customer  service,  the  availability  of
convention  facilities,   its  marketing  strategy  and  special  marketing  and
promotional programs.

           Intense  competition also  characterizes the Black Hawk/Central City,
Colorado market. Casinos generally compete on the basis of parking, location and
size. There are many casinos currently  operating in the Black Hawk/Central City
market,  including Colorado Central Station,  Harveys Wagon Wheel  Hotel/Casino,
Gilpin Hotel Casino,  Fitzgeralds Casino Black Hawk, Bullwhackers Black Hawk and
Bullwhackers  Central City. In addition,  several new  development  projects and
expansion  plans have been  announced,  including  construction of a casino by a
joint venture  between  Jacobs  Entertainment,  Ltd. and the  owner/operator  of
Gilpin Hotel Casino.  A number of Colorado  casinos have ceased  operations  and
others  have  filed  for  protection  under  Chapter  11 of  the  United  States
Bankruptcy Code.  Others have closed  temporarily or reduced the number of their
employees.  The Company believes that many Colorado casinos may not be operating
profitably.  In Black Hawk, Anchor Gaming has announced that the construction of
a new casino  across from its existing  property has been halted,  and the joint
development  of a casino  by Nevada  Gold & Casinos  Inc.  and an  affiliate  of
Caesars World Gaming Development Corporation is also currently inactive.

           The  Company's  Black Hawk  Project may compete  for  customers  with
casinos located on Indian  reservations in southwestern  Colorado.  In addition,
the  legalization  of casino gaming in or near any  metropolitan  area,  such as
Denver,  Colorado,  from which RBL is expected to draw  customers,  would have a
material  adverse  effect on RBL's  business.  Colorado law requires local voter
approval for any expansion of limited gaming into  additional  locations.  State
and local  public  initiatives  regarding  limited  gaming in Colorado are being
actively  pursued by many persons.  Several  cities within  Colorado have active
citizens' lobbies that were able to place gaming initiatives on recent statewide
ballots.   Although  these  initiatives  failed  by  substantial   margins,  new
initiatives  could be introduced on future statewide  ballots to allow expansion
of gaming in  Colorado.  Future  initiatives,  if  passed,  could  significantly
increase the competition for gaming customers, thereby adversely affecting RBL's
business in Colorado.

           The Company also competes with casinos in other states, riverboat and
Native American gaming ventures,  state-sponsored  lotteries,  on- and off-track
wagering, card parlors and other forms of legalized gaming in the United States,
as well as with gaming on cruise ships and international  gaming operations.  In
addition,  certain states have recently legalized or are considering  legalizing
casino gaming in specific  geographical  areas within those  states.  Any future
development  of casinos,  lotteries  or other  forms of gaming in other  states,
particularly areas close to Nevada,  such as California,  could adversely affect
the Company's operations.


                                       14

<PAGE>



Employees and Labor Relations

           As of December 31, 1996,  the Riviera  employed  approximately  2,100
persons and had  collective  bargaining  contracts  with seven  unions  covering
approximately  1,300 of such employees  including  food and beverage  employees,
rooms  department  employees,  carpenters,  engineers,  stage hands,  musicians,
electricians, painters and teamsters. The Company's agreements with the Southern
Nevada  Culinary and Bartenders  Unions,  Musicians Union and Stage Hands Union,
which cover the majority of the Company's unionized employees, were renegotiated
in 1994 and will  expire  May 31,  1997.  The  Teamsters,  Operating  Engineers,
Carpenters,  Painters and Electricians Unions' collective  bargaining agreements
were renewed in 1995 and  generally  expire in 1998.  Although  unions have been
active  in  Las  Vegas,  management  considers  its  employee  relations  to  be
satisfactory.  There can be no assurance,  however,  that new agreements will be
reached without union action or will be on terms satisfactory to the Company.

Regulation and Licensing

Nevada

           Nevada Gaming Authority. The ownership and operation of casino gaming
facilities in Nevada are subject to: (i) The Nevada  Gaming  Control Act and the
regulations  promulgated  thereunder  (collectively  the "Nevada Act"); and (ii)
various local  ordinances and regulations.  The Company's gaming  operations are
subject to the licensing and regulatory  control of the Nevada Gaming Commission
(the "Nevada  Commission"),  the Nevada State Gaming  Control Board (the "Nevada
Board"),  and the Clark  County  Liquor and Gaming  Licensing  Board (the "Clark
County  Board").  The Nevada  Commission,  the Nevada Board and the Clark County
Board are collectively referred to as the "Nevada Gaming Authorities."

           The laws, regulations and supervisory procedures of the Nevada Gaming
Authorities  are based upon  declarations  of public  policy which are concerned
with, among other things:  (i) the prevention of unsavory or unsuitable  persons
from having a direct or indirect  involvement with gaming at any time and in any
capacity;  (ii) the  establishment  and  maintenance of  responsible  accounting
practices and procedures;  (iii) the maintenance of effective  controls over the
financial  practices  of  licensees,  including  the  establishment  of  minimum
procedures  for  internal  fiscal  affairs  and the  safeguarding  of assets and
revenues, providing reliable record keeping and requiring the filing of periodic
reports with the Nevada Gaming Authorities;  (iv) the prevention of cheating and
fraudulent  practices;  and (v)  providing a source of state and local  revenues
through  taxation  and  licensing  fees.  Change in such laws,  regulations  and
procedures could have an adverse effect on the Company's gaming operations.

           ROC is required to be licensed by the Nevada Gaming Authorities.  The
gaming  license held by ROC requires the periodic  payment of fees and taxes and
is not  transferable.  ROC is also licensed as a manufacturer and distributor of
gaming devices.  Such licenses also require the periodic payment of fees and are
not  transferable.  The  Company is  registered  by the Nevada  Commission  as a
publicly  traded  corporation  (a "Registered  Corporation")  and has been found
suitable to own the stock of ROC which is a corporate  gaming licensee under the
terms of the Nevada Act. As a  Registered  Corporation,  the Company is required
periodically  to submit detailed  financial and operating  reports to the Nevada
Commission and to furnish any other  information which the Nevada Commission may
require.  No person may become a  shareholder  of, or receive any  percentage of
profits from, ROC without first obtaining licenses and approvals from the Nevada
Gaming  Authorities.  The Company and ROC have  obtained  from the Nevada Gaming
Authorities the various registrations,  approvals, permits and licenses required
in order to engage in  gaming  activities  and  manufacturing  and  distribution
activities in Nevada.


                                       15

<PAGE>



           All gaming devices that are manufactured, sold or distributed for use
or play in Nevada, or for distribution  outside of Nevada,  must be manufactured
by licensed  manufacturers,  distributed  or sold by licensed  distributors  and
approved  by the Nevada  Commission.  The  approval  process  includes  rigorous
testing by the Nevada Board, a field trial and a determination as to whether the
gaming  device  meets  strict  technical  standards  that  are set  forth in the
regulations  of the Nevada  Gaming  Authorities.  Associated  equipment  must be
administratively  approved  by the  Chairman  of the Nevada  Board  before it is
distributed for use in Nevada.

           The Nevada Gaming  Authorities may investigate any individual who has
a material  relationship to, or material involvement with, the Company or ROC in
order to determine  whether such individual is suitable or should be licensed as
a business associate of a gaming licensee.  Officers,  directors and certain key
employees of ROC must file applications  with the Nevada Gaming  Authorities and
may  be  required  to be  licensed  or  found  suitable  by  the  Nevada  Gaming
Authorities.  Officers,  directors  and key  employees  of the  Company  who are
actively and directly  involved in the gaming  activities of ROC may be required
to be licensed or found  suitable by the Nevada Gaming  Authorities.  The Nevada
Gaming  Authorities  may deny an  application  for licensing for any cause which
they deem reasonable.  A finding of suitability is comparable to licensing,  and
both require submission of detailed personal and financial  information followed
by a  thorough  investigation.  The  applicant  for  licensing  or a finding  of
suitability  must  pay all the  costs  of the  investigation.  Any  change  in a
corporate  position by a licensed  person must be reported to the Nevada  Gaming
Authorities  and, in addition to their  authority to deny an  application  for a
finding  of  suitability  or  licensure,  the  Nevada  Gaming  Authorities  have
jurisdiction to disapprove a change in a corporate position.

           If the Nevada Gaming Authorities were to find an officer, director or
key  employee  unsuitable  for  licensing  or  unsuitable  to continue  having a
relationship with the Company or ROC, the companies involved would have to sever
all  relationships  with such person.  In addition,  the Nevada  Commission  may
require the Company or ROC to terminate the employment of any person who refuses
to file appropriate applications.  Determinations of suitability or of questions
pertaining to licensing are not subject to judicial review in Nevada.

           The Company and ROC are  required to submit  detailed  financial  and
operating  reports to the Nevada  Commission.  Substantially all material loans,
leases,  sales of securities and similar  financing  transactions by ROC must be
reported to or approved by the Nevada Commission.

           If it were  determined  that the Nevada Act was  violated by ROC, the
gaming  licenses it holds could be limited,  conditioned,  suspended or revoked,
subject to compliance  with certain  statutory  and  regulatory  procedures.  In
addition,  the  Company,  ROC and the  persons  involved  could  be  subject  to
substantial  fines  for  each  separate  violation  of  the  Nevada  Act  at the
discretion of the Nevada Commission. Further, a supervisor could be appointed by
the Nevada  Commission to operate the casino and,  under certain  circumstances,
earnings  generated during the supervisor's  appointment  (except for reasonable
rental  value  of the  casino)  could  be  forfeited  to the  State  of  Nevada.
Limitation,  conditioning  or  suspension  of the gaming  licenses of ROC or the
appointment of a supervisor  could (and  revocation of any gaming license would)
materially adversely affect the Company's gaming operations.

           Any beneficial holder of the Company's voting securities,  regardless
of the  number of shares  owned,  may be  required  to file an  application,  be
investigated,  and have his suitability as a beneficial  holder of the Company's
voting securities determined if the Nevada Commission has reason to believe that
such ownership would otherwise be inconsistent with the declared policies of the
State of Nevada.  The applicant must pay all costs of investigation  incurred by
the Nevada Gaming Authorities in conducting any such investigation.


                                       16

<PAGE>



           The Nevada Act  requires  any person who  acquires  more than 5% of a
Registered  Corporation's  voting  securities to report the  acquisition  to the
Nevada  Commission.  The Nevada Act requires that beneficial owners of more than
10%  of a  Registered  Corporation's  voting  securities  apply  to  the  Nevada
Commission for a finding of suitability within thirty days after the Chairman of
the Nevada Board mails the written notice  requiring such filing.  Under certain
circumstances,  an "institutional investor," as defined in the Nevada Act, which
acquires  more than 10%,  but not more than 15%, of a  Registered  Corporation's
voting  securities  may  apply to the  Nevada  Commission  for a waiver  of such
finding  of  suitability  if  such  institutional   investor  holds  the  voting
securities for investment purposes only. An institutional  investor shall not be
deemed to hold  voting  securities  for  investment  purposes  unless the voting
securities  were acquired and are held in the ordinary  course of business as an
institutional  investor  and  not  for  the  purpose  of  causing,  directly  or
indirectly,  the election of a majority of the members of the board of directors
of the  Registered  Corporation,  any change in the corporate  charter,  bylaws,
management,  policies or operations of the Registered Corporation, or any of its
gaming  affiliates,  or any other action which the Nevada Commission finds to be
inconsistent  with holding the Registered  Corporation's  voting  securities for
investment  purposes  only.  Activities  which are deemed to be consistent  with
holding voting  securities for investment  purposes only include:  (i) voting on
all matters voted on by shareholders;  (ii) making financial and other inquiries
of management of the type normally made by securities analysts for informational
purposes and not to cause a change in its  management,  policies or  operations;
and (iii) such other  activities  as the Nevada  Commission  may determine to be
consistent  with such  investment  intent.  If the  beneficial  holder of voting
securities who must be found suitable is a corporation, partnership or trust, it
must submit  detailed  business and  financial  information  including a list of
beneficial owners. The applicant is required to pay all costs of investigation.

           Any person who fails or refuses to apply for a finding of suitability
or a license  within  thirty  days  after  being  ordered to do so by the Nevada
Commission or the Chairman of the Nevada  Board,  may be found  unsuitable.  The
same  restrictions  apply to a record owner if the record owner,  after request,
fails to identify the beneficial owner. Any shareholder found unsuitable and who
holds,  directly or  indirectly,  any  beneficial  ownership of the common stock
beyond such period of time as may be prescribed by the Nevada  Commission may be
guilty of a criminal offense.  The Company is subject to disciplinary action if,
after it receives  notice that a person is unsuitable to be a shareholder  or to
have any other  relationship  with the Company or ROC, the Company (i) pays that
person any dividend or interest  upon voting  securities  of the  Company,  (ii)
allows  that  person to  exercise,  directly  or  indirectly,  any voting  right
conferred through securities held by that person, (iii) pays remuneration in any
form to that person for services rendered or otherwise,  or (iv) fails to pursue
all lawful  efforts to require such  unsuitable  person to relinquish his voting
securities  including,  if  necessary,  the  immediate  purchase  of said voting
securities for cash at fair market value.  Additionally,  the Clark County Board
has the authority to approve all persons owning or controlling  the stock of any
corporation controlling a gaming licensee.

           The Nevada  Commission may, in its discretion,  require the holder of
any  debt  security  of a  Registered  Corporation,  to  file  applications,  be
investigated  and be found  suitable to own the debt  security  of a  Registered
Corporation,  if  it  has  reason  to  believe  that  such  ownership  would  be
inconsistent  with the declared  policies of the State of Nevada.  If the Nevada
Commission  determines  that a person is unsuitable to own such  security,  then
pursuant  to the Nevada  Act,  the  Registered  Corporation  can be  sanctioned,
including the loss of its approvals, if without the prior approval of the Nevada
Commission, it: (i) pays to the unsuitable person any dividend, interest, or any
distribution  whatsoever;  (ii)  recognizes any voting right by such  unsuitable
person in connection  with such  securities;  (iii) pays the  unsuitable  person
remuneration in any form; or (iv) makes any payment to the unsuitable  person by
way of principal,  redemption,  conversion,  exchange,  liquidation,  or similar
transaction.


                                       17

<PAGE>



           The Company is required to maintain a current  stock ledger in Nevada
which may be  examined  by the Nevada  Gaming  Authorities  at any time.  If any
securities are held in trust by an agent or by a nominee,  the record holder may
be required  to disclose  the  identity  of the  beneficial  owner to the Nevada
Gaming Authorities. A failure to make such disclosure may be grounds for finding
the record holder  unsuitable.  The Company is also  required to render  maximum
assistance  in  determining  the identity of the  beneficial  owner.  The Nevada
Commission has the power to require the Company's  stock  certificates to bear a
legend indicating that the securities are subject to the Nevada Act. However, to
date, the Nevada Commission has not imposed such a requirement on the Company.

           The Company may not make a public offering of its securities  without
the prior  approval  of the Nevada  Commission  if the  securities  or  proceeds
therefrom  are  intended  to be used to  construct,  acquire or  finance  gaming
facilities  in  Nevada,  or to retire or extend  obligations  incurred  for such
purposes.  The  Company  has  received  approval  of the  Offering by the Nevada
Commission.  Approval  of a public  offering  does  not  constitute  a  finding,
recommendation  or approval by the Nevada  Commission  or the Nevada Board as to
the  accuracy or  adequacy of the  prospectus  or the  investment  merits of the
securities offered. Any representation to the contrary is unlawful.

           Changes in  control of the  Company  through  merger,  consolidation,
stock or asset acquisitions,  management or consulting agreements, or any act or
conduct by a person whereby he obtains control,  may not occur without the prior
approval  of the Nevada  Commission.  Entities  seeking to acquire  control of a
Registered  Corporation must satisfy the Nevada Board and Nevada Commission in a
variety of  stringent  standards  prior to assuming  control of such  Registered
Corporation.  The Nevada Commission may also require  controlling  shareholders,
officers,  directors  and  other  persons  having  a  material  relationship  or
involvement with the entity proposing to acquire control, to be investigated and
licensed as part of the approval process relating to the transaction.

           The Nevada legislature has declared that some corporate  acquisitions
opposed by management,  repurchases of voting  securities and corporate  defense
tactics affecting Nevada corporate gaming Licensees, and Registered Corporations
that are  affiliated  with  those  operations,  may be  injurious  to stable and
productive  corporate gaming. The Nevada Commission has established  regulations
to ameliorate the potentially  adverse effects of these business  practices upon
Nevada's  gaming  industry  and to  further  Nevada's  policy to: (i) assure the
financial  stability of corporate  gaming Licensees and their  affiliates;  (ii)
preserve the beneficial  aspects of conducting  business in the corporate  form;
and (iii) promote a neutral  environment for the orderly governance of corporate
affairs.  Approvals  are,  in certain  circumstances,  required  from the Nevada
Commission before the Registered Corporation can make exceptional repurchases of
voting  securities above the current market price thereof and before a corporate
acquisition  opposed  by  management  can be  consummated.  The  Nevada Act also
requires prior approval of a plan of recapitalization proposed by the Registered
Corporation's  Board of Directors in response to a tender offer made directly to
the Registered Corporation's  shareholders for the purposes of acquiring control
of the Registered Corporation.

           License  fees and taxes,  computed in various  ways  depending on the
type of gaming or activity  involved,  are payable to the State of Nevada and to
the  County in which the ROC's  operations  are  conducted.  Depending  upon the
particular fee or tax involved, these fees and taxes are payable either monthly,
quarterly or annually and are based upon either:  (i) a percentage  of the gross
revenues  received;  (ii) the number of gaming  devices  operated;  or (iii) the
number  of table  games  operated.  A casino  entertainment  tax is also paid by
casino  operations  where  entertainment  is  furnished in  connection  with the
selling of food,  refreshments  or  merchandise.  Nevada  Licensees  that hold a
license to manufacture and distribute slot machines and gaming devices,  such as
ROC, also pay certain fees and taxes to the State of Nevada.


                                       18

<PAGE>



           Any person who is  licensed,  required  to be  licensed,  registered,
required  to be  registered,  or is  under  common  control  with  such  persons
(collectively,  "Licensees"),  and who  proposes to become  involved in a gaming
venture  outside of Nevada,  is required to deposit with the Nevada  Board,  and
thereafter  maintain,  a  revolving  fund in the  amount of  $10,000  to pay the
expenses of  investigation  by the Nevada Board of their  participation  in such
foreign  gaming.  The  revolving  fund is subject to increase or decrease in the
discretion  of the Nevada  Commission.  Thereafter,  Licensees  are  required to
comply with certain reporting  requirements imposed by the Nevada Act. Licensees
are also  subject  to  disciplinary  action  by the  Nevada  Commission  if they
knowingly violate any laws of the foreign jurisdiction pertaining to the foreign
gaming  operation,  fail to conduct the foreign  gaming  operation in accordance
with  the  standards  of  honesty  and  integrity   required  of  Nevada  gaming
operations,  engage in activities that are harmful to the State of Nevada or its
ability  to collect  gaming  taxes and fees,  or employ a person in the  foreign
operation who has been denied a license or finding of  suitability  in Nevada on
the ground of personal unsuitability.

           Other Regulation.  The sale of alcoholic  beverages at the Riviera is
subject to licensing,  control and  regulation  by the Clark County  Board.  All
licenses are revocable and are not transferable. The Clark County Board has full
power to limit,  condition,  suspend  or revoke any such  license,  and any such
disciplinary  action could (and revocation would) have a material adverse affect
upon the operations of ROC.

Colorado

           Colorado  Gaming  Regulation.  On  November  6,  1990,  the  State of
Colorado  electorate  approved an amendment to the  Colorado  Constitution  (the
"Colorado Amendment") that legalized limited gaming. As a result, limited gaming
became  lawful in the cities of Central  City,  Black Hawk and Cripple  Creek on
October 1, 1991.  The Colorado  Amendment  defines  limited gaming as the use of
slot machines and the card games of blackjack and poker,  with a maximum  single
bet of five dollars.

           Limited  gaming is  confined  to the  commercial  districts  of these
cities as those commercial  districts were defined in city ordinances by Central
City on October 7, 1981,  by Black Hawk on May 4, 1978,  and by Cripple Creek on
December 3, 1973. In addition,  the Colorado Amendment  restricts the conduct of
limited  gaming to  structures  that  conform  to the  architectural  styles and
designs that were common to the areas prior to World War I, as determined by the
municipal  governing bodies.  Further,  the Colorado  Amendment provides that no
more than 35% of the square  footage of any building and no more than 50% of any
one floor of such  building  may be used for  limited  gaming.  Pursuant  to the
Colorado  Amendment,  limited gaming operations are prohibited between the hours
of 2:00 a.m. and 8:00 a.m. The Colorado Amendment allows limited gaming to occur
in establishments licensed to sell alcoholic beverages under the Colorado Liquor
Code.

           The Colorado  Amendment  further  provides  that,  in addition to any
other  applicable  license  fees,  up to a maximum of 40% of the adjusted  gross
proceeds  of limited  gaming  operations  may be  payable by a licensee  for the
privilege of conducting limited gaming.

           The Colorado  legislature  promulgated the Limited Gaming Act of 1991
(the "Colorado Act") to implement the provisions of the Colorado Amendment.  The
Colorado  Act was  signed  into  law on  June  4,  1991  and  has  been  amended
subsequently.

           Through the Colorado Act, the Colorado  legislature declared that its
public policy toward  limited  gaming would be that:  (i) the success of limited
gaming is  dependent  upon public  confidence  and trust that  licensed  limited
gaming is conducted honestly and competitively; that the rights of the creditors
of licensees are protected; and that gaming is free from criminal and corruptive
elements; (ii) public

                                       19

<PAGE>



confidence and trust can be maintained only by strict regulation of all persons,
locations,  practices,  associations and activities  related to the operation of
licensed  gaming  establishments  and the  manufacture or distribution of gaming
devices  and  equipment;  (iii)  all  establishments  where  limited  gaming  is
conducted and where gambling devices are operated and all manufacturers, sellers
and  distributors  of certain  gambling  devices and equipment must therefore be
licensed,  controlled  and assisted to protect the public health,  safety,  good
order and the  general  welfare  of the  inhabitants  of the state to foster the
stability and success of limited gaming and to preserve the economy and policies
of free  competition  in the  state of  Colorado;  and (iv) no  applicant  for a
license or other affirmative  commission  approval has any right to a license or
to the granting of the approval  sought.  Any license issued or other commission
approval  granted  pursuant to the provisions of the Colorado Act is a revocable
privilege, and no holder acquires any vested right therein or thereunder.

           Pursuant to the Colorado  Act, the ownership and operation of limited
gaming facilities in Colorado are subject to extensive  regulation.  Among other
prohibitions,  the  Colorado  Act  prohibits  persons  under  the age of 21 from
participating  in limited  gaming or lingering  in gaming areas of a casino.  No
limited gaming may be conducted in Colorado unless all appropriate  licenses are
approved by and obtained from the Colorado  Limited  Gaming  Control  Commission
(the  "Colorado  Commission").  Further,  the Colorado  Commission  has full and
exclusive  authority to promulgate,  and has promulgated,  rules and regulations
related to limited gaming (the "Colorado Regulations").  Such authority does not
require any approval by or delegation of authority from the Colorado  Department
of Revenue (the "Colorado Revenue  Department").  In addition,  the Colorado Act
created  the  Division  of Gaming  within the  Colorado  Revenue  Department  to
license,  implement,  regulate and supervise the conduct of limited gaming.  The
Director  of  the  Division  (the  "Division   Director"),   under  the  general
supervision of the Colorado  Commission,  has broad powers to ensure  compliance
with  the  Colorado  Act  and  the  regulations   promulgated  by  the  Colorado
Commission.

           The  Colorado  Commission  may  issue  the  following  five  types of
licenses:  (i) slot machine  manufacturer or distributor;  (ii) operator;  (iii)
retail  gaming;  (iv) support;  and key employee.  The first three  licenses are
issued for a one-year  period  and  require  annual  renewal.  However,  support
licenses  and key  employee  licenses  are issued for two year  periods  and are
renewable.  The Colorado Commission has broad discretion to condition,  suspend,
revoke,  limit or restrict a license at any time and also has the  authority  to
impose fines.

           An  applicant  for any type of  Colorado  license  must  provide  the
following  information:  (i) personal  background  information;  (ii)  financial
information;  (iii)  participation in legal or illegal activities in Colorado or
other   jurisdictions,   including  foreign  countries;   (iv)  criminal  record
information;  (v) information  concerning all pecuniary and equity  interests in
the  applicant;  and (vi) other  information  as required.  Prior to  licensure,
applicants  must  satisfy the  Colorado  Commission  that they are  suitable for
licensing and are of good moral character.  The Colorado legislature has defined
unsuitability  or  unsuitable  in  relation to a person as the  inability  to be
licensed  by the  Colorado  Commission  because of prior acts,  associations  or
financial conditions, and, in relation to acts or practices, those which violate
or would  violate  the  statutes  or rules  or are or would be  contrary  to the
declared legislative purposes of the Colorado Act. Applicants have the burden of
proving their  qualifications to the Colorado  Commission and must submit to and
pay the full cost of any  background  investigations  as may be  ordered  by the
Colorado  Commission.  There  is  no  limit  on  the  cost  of  such  background
investigations  and no guaranty that any applicant  will receive  licensing from
the Colorado Commission.

           All natural persons employed in the field of limited gaming must hold
either a support or key employee license.  Every retail gaming licensee must
have a key employee licensee in charge of all limited gaming activities
available at all times when limited gaming is being conducted.  The Colorado

                                       20

<PAGE>



Commission  may determine that any employee of a licensee is a key employee and,
therefore, require that such person apply for licensing as a key employee.

           A retail  gaming  license is required for all persons  permitting  or
conducting limited gaming on their premises and such license may be granted only
to a retailer.  In addition, an operator license is required for all persons who
permit slot machines on their  premises or who engage in the business of placing
and operating slot machines on the premises of a retailer. No person may have an
ownership  interest  in  more  than  three  retail  licenses.   A  slot  machine
manufacturer or distributor license is required for all persons who manufacture,
import or  distribute  slot  machines in Colorado,  or who otherwise act as slot
machine manufacturers or distributors.

           The  current  practice  of the  Division  of Gaming and the  Colorado
Commission  is to require  every  officer and  director,  or  equivalent  office
holders for non-corporate applicants,  and 5% or greater beneficial shareholders
or owners of an  applicant  or  licensee to  complete  background  investigation
forms,  provide  comprehensive  information  and  submit  to a  full  background
investigation  conducted by the Division of Gaming and the Colorado  Commission.
The purpose of the  investigation is to determine each such person's or entity's
qualifications and suitability for licensure.  In addition,  all persons loaning
monies, goods or real or personal property to a licensee or applicant, or having
any interest in a licensee or applicant,  or entering into any agreement  with a
licensee or applicant, must provide any information requested by the Division of
Gaming or the Colorado  Commission;  and, in the  discretion  of the Division of
Gaming or the Colorado  Commission,  these  persons must supply all  information
relevant to a determination  of any such person's  suitability for licensure and
must  submit to a full  background  investigation  if  ordered  by the  Colorado
Commission.

           Persons found  unsuitable by the Colorado  Commission may be required
immediately  to  terminate  any interest in,  association  or agreement  with or
relationship  to a  licensee.  A finding of  unsuitability  with  respect to any
officer, director, employee, associate, lender or beneficial owner of a licensee
or applicant  also may  jeopardize  the  licensee's  license or the  applicant's
license application.  A license grant may be conditioned upon the termination of
any relationship with unsuitable persons.

           The Colorado Act and the Colorado  Regulations  require  licensees to
maintain  detailed books and records that accurately  account for all monies and
business  transactions.  Books and records must be furnished  upon demand to the
Colorado   Commission,   the  Division  of  Gaming  and  other  law  enforcement
authorities.  The Colorado  Regulations  also  establish  detailed and extensive
playing  procedures,  standards,  requirements  and  rules  of play  for  poker,
blackjack and slot machines.  Retail gaming  licensees must, in addition,  adopt
comprehensive   internal  control  procedures  governing  their  limited  gaming
operations.  Such  procedures  must be  approved  in advance by the  Division of
Gaming and  include the areas of  accounting,  surveillance,  security,  cashier
operations, key control and fill and drop procedures, among others.

           Licensees have a continuing duty to report to the Colorado Commission
information  concerning  persons  with a  financial  or equity  interest  in the
licensee, or who have the ability to control or exercise a significant influence
over the licensee,  or who loan money to the licensee.  Licensees are prohibited
from  engaging  in  fraudulent   acts,   which  include,   among  other  things,
misrepresenting  the  probabilities of pay out,  improperly  canceling a bet and
conducting  limited  gaming  without a valid  license.  Finally,  licensees must
report  to the  Division  of  Gaming  all  licenses,  and all  applications  for
licenses, in foreign jurisdictions.

           With limited  exceptions  applicable  to licensees  that are publicly
traded  entities,  no person may sell,  lease,  purchase,  convey or acquire any
interest in a retail  gaming or operator  license or business  without the prior
approval of the Colorado Commission.

                                       21

<PAGE>




           All agreements,  contracts,  leases,  or arrangements in violation of
the Colorado Act or the Colorado Regulations are void and unenforceable.

           All slot machines, cards, chips or tokens used in limited gaming must
be approved by the Division Director or the Colorado Commission.  All such items
must meet  standards  established  by the  Division  of Gaming and the  Colorado
Commission.

           Upon  request,  an applicant or licensee  must submit to the Colorado
Commission or Director of Gaming  written  copies or summaries of all written or
oral  gaming  contracts  to which it is or will be a  party.  A gaming  contract
includes any  agreement  in which a person does  business  with a licensee.  The
Colorado  Commission  or the  Division  Director  may require  changes in gaming
contracts or may require  termination  of a gaming  contract.  Parties to gaming
contracts may be required to provide all information relevant to a determination
of their suitability for licensing.

           Colorado  has enacted an annual tax on the  adjusted  gross  proceeds
("AGP")  from limited  gaming.  AGP is  generally  defined as the total  amounts
wagered less all payments to players.  With respect to games of poker, AGP means
those sums  wagered in a hand  retained by the licensee as  compensation,  which
must be  consistent  with the  minimum and maximum  amounts  established  by the
Colorado  Commission.  Currently,  the  gaming tax on AGP is: 2% on the first $2
million  of AGP;  4% on AGP from $2 million  to $4  million;  14% on AGP from $4
million to $5 million; 18% on AGP from $5 million to $10 million; and 20% on AGP
over $10 million.  The gaming tax is paid monthly,  with  licensees  required to
file returns by the 15th of the  following  month.  Effective  October 1 of each
year, the Colorado  Commission  establishes  the gaming tax for the following 12
months.  Under the Colorado Amendment,  the Colorado Commission may increase the
gaming tax rate to as much as 40% of AGP.

           The  Colorado  Commission  requires  all gaming  licensees  to pay an
annual device fee for each slot machine,  blackjack  table and poker table.  The
current  state  device  fee,   established   October  1,  1996,  is  $100.   The
municipalities  of Central  City,  Black Hawk and Cripple  Creek also assess and
collect  their own device fees.  The current  annual device fee in Black Hawk is
$750 per device. There is no statutory limit on state or city device fees, which
may be increased at the discretion of the state or city. The state device fee is
not  prorated;  a device used at any time  during the year is assessed  the full
state fee. Local device fees may be prorated according to device usage; the City
of Black Hawk  currently  prorates  device fees such that any device used at any
time  during a calendar  quarter is subject to the device fee for such  calendar
quarter.  In  addition,  a  business  improvement  fee of $100 per  device and a
transportation  impact fee of $77 per device also may apply  depending  upon the
location of the licensed premises.

           Black  Hawk  also  imposes  taxes  and fees on other  aspects  of the
businesses of gaming licensees, such as parking, alcoholic beverage licenses and
other municipal taxes and fees.  Significant  increases in these fees and taxes,
or the imposition of new taxes and fees, may occur.

           Violations of the Colorado  Act, or any of the Colorado  Regulations,
is a criminal  offense.  Persons  violating  the  Colorado  Act or the  Colorado
Regulations may, in addition to any gaming license suspension or revocation,  be
subject to criminal prosecution resulting in incarceration, fines or both.

           The sale of alcoholic  beverages in gaming  establishments is subject
to strict  licensing,  control,  and regulation by state and local  authorities.
Alcoholic beverage licenses are revocable and non-transferable.  State and local
licensing authorities have full power to limit, condition, suspend or revoke any
such licenses.  Violation of the state alcoholic  beverage laws may constitute a
criminal  offense,  and  violators  may  be  subject  to  criminal  prosecution,
incarceration and fines. A gaming establishment that sells or provides alcoholic
beverages is required to have a retail gaming tavern license.


                                       22

<PAGE>



           There are various  classes of alcoholic  beverage  licenses under the
Colorado Liquor Code. However, only a retail gaming tavern license may be issued
to persons who are licensed pursuant to the Colorado Act. A retail gaming tavern
licensee may sell malt,  vinous or spirituous  liquors only by individual drinks
for consumption on the premises and must also make available sandwiches or light
snacks or contract with concessionaires to provide food services within the same
building as the licensed premises.  In no event may any person hold more than or
have  an  interest  in  more  than  three  retail  gaming  tavern  licenses.  An
application  for an  alcoholic  beverage  license in Colorado  requires  notice,
posting and a public hearing before the local liquor  licensing  authority.  The
Department's Liquor Enforcement Division also must approve the application.

           In  addition  to the  other  requirements  of the  gaming  laws,  the
Colorado  Commission  has  enacted  a special  rule,  Rule  4.5,  which  imposes
additional  requirements on publicly traded corporations holding gaming licenses
in Colorado and on gaming  licensees in Colorado  owned  directly or indirectly,
five percent or more, by publicly traded corporations. The term "publicly traded
corporation"  is a  specially  defined  term and may include  limited  liability
companies,  trusts, partnerships and other business organizations,  and may even
include entities  exempted from the registration  requirements of the securities
laws under certain circumstances.

           Under  Rule  4.5,   gaming   licensees,   affiliated   companies  and
controlling  persons thereof must notify the Colorado  Commission within 10 days
of the  initial  filing of a  registration  statement  with the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission.  Licensed publicly traded corporations are also required to
send proxy statements to the Division of Gaming within 5 days after distribution
of such  statement,  and to follow a variety  of other  reporting  requirements.
Licensees  to  whom  Rule  4.5  applies  must  include  in  their   articles  of
organization or similar charter  documents  certain  specified  provisions that:
restrict  the rights of the licensee to issue  voting  interests  or  securities
except in accordance with the Colorado gaming laws;  limit the rights of persons
to transfer  voting  interests or securities of a licensee  except in accordance
with the Colorado  gaming laws; and provide that holders of voting  interests or
securities  of a licensee  found  unsuitable by the Colorado  Commission  may be
required to sell their  interests or securities back to the issuer at the lesser
of, in general terms, the holder's investment or the market price as of the date
of the finding of unsuitability.  Alternatively,  and with  authorization by the
Colorado Commission, the holder may in limited circumstances transfer the voting
interests or  securities  to a suitable  person (as  determined  by the Colorado
Commission).  Until the voting  interests  or  securities  are held by  suitable
persons,  the issuer may not pay dividends or interest on them, the interests or
securities  may not be  voted,  or  entitled  to any  vote,  and they may not be
included in the voting or securities  of the issuer,  and the issuer may not pay
any remuneration in any form to the holder of the securities or interests.

           Pursuant  to  Rule  4.5,  persons  who  acquire  direct  or  indirect
beneficial  ownership of (i) 5% or more of any class of the voting securities of
a publicly traded corporation  required to contain the Rule 4.5 charter language
provisions,  or (ii) 5% or more of the beneficial  interest in a gaming licensee
directly or  indirectly  through any class of voting  securities  of any holding
company or  intermediary  company of a licensee  (all such  persons  hereinafter
referred to as "qualifying persons"),  must notify the Division of Gaming within
10 days of such  acquisition,  are required to submit all requested  information
and are  subject to a finding of  suitability.  Licensees  also must  notify any
qualifying  persons of these  requirements.  A qualifying person whose interests
equal  10% or more  must  apply to the  Colorado  Commission  for a  finding  of
suitability within 45 days after acquiring such securities.  Licensees must also
notify any qualifying  persons of these  requirements.  Whether or not notified,
qualifying persons are responsible for complying with these requirements.

           A qualifying  person who is an institutional  investor under Rule 4.5
and whose interests equal 15% or more must apply to the Colorado  Commission for
a finding  of  suitability  within 45 days after  acquiring  such  interests.  A
qualifying person who is an institutional investor and whose interests equal

                                       23

<PAGE>



10% or more,  but less than 15%,  may not be required to apply for  suitability,
provided such person fulfills certain reporting requirements.

           Pursuant  to Rule  4.5,  persons  found  unsuitable  by the  Colorado
Commission  must be  removed  from any  position  as an  officer,  director,  or
employee of a licensee,  or from a holding or intermediary company thereof. Such
unsuitable  persons also are  prohibited  from any  beneficial  ownership of the
voting  securities of any such entities.  Licensees,  or affiliated  entities of
licensees,  are  subject to  sanctions  for paying  dividends  to persons  found
unsuitable by the Colorado  Commission,  or for recognizing voting rights of, or
paying a  salary  or any  remuneration  for  services  to,  unsuitable  persons.
Licensees or their  affiliated  entities also may be  sanctioned  for failing to
pursue efforts to require unsuitable persons to relinquish their interests.  The
Colorado Commission may determine that anyone with a material  relationship to a
licensee, or affiliated company, must apply for a finding of suitability.

           RBL currently  holds no gaming or liquor  licenses and will therefore
have to make  applications  for both types of  licenses in  connection  with the
Black Hawk  Project.  The failure or  inability to obtain such  licensing  could
materially and adversely affect the Black Hawk Project.

Federal Registration

           ROC is  required to annually  file with the  Attorney  General of the
United States in connection with the sales, distribution,  or operations of slot
machines. All requisite filings for the present year have been made.

Item 2.    Properties

           The  Riviera  complex  is located  on the Las Vegas  Strip,  occupies
approximately  26 acres  and  comprises  approximately  1,700,000  square  feet,
including  105,000 square feet of casino space,  100,000 square foot convention,
meeting  and  banquet  facility,  approximately  2,100  hotel  rooms  (including
approximately  169 luxury suites) in five towers,  four  restaurants,  a buffet,
four showrooms,  a lounge and  approximately  2,900 parking spaces. In addition,
executive and other offices for the Riviera are located on the property.

           There are 47 food and retail  concessions  operated under  individual
leases with third parties. The leases are for periods from one year to ten years
and expire over the next five years.

           The entire  Riviera  complex is  encumbered  by a first deed of trust
securing the First  Mortgage  Notes.  See "Item  7-Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  and "Liquidity and
Capital Resources."

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

           The Company is a party to several routine  lawsuits both as plaintiff
and as defendant arising from the normal operations of a hotel.  Management does
not believe that the outcome of such litigation,  in the aggregate,  will have a
material  adverse  effect on the financial  position or results of operations of
the Company.

Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

           None.


                                       24

<PAGE>



                                     PART II

Item 5.    Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related Security
           Holder Matters

           The  Company's  Common  Stock  began  trading on the  American  Stock
Exchange on May 13, 1996 and was reported on the NASDAQ  Bulletin Board prior to
that date.  As of March 4, 1997,  based upon  information  available  to it, the
Company believes that there were  approximately  1,319 beneficial holders of the
Company's Common Stock.

           The Company has never paid any dividends on its Common Stock and does
not  currently  expect to pay any  dividends  (cash or  otherwise) on its Common
Stock for the  foreseeable  future.  The  Company's  ability to pay dividends is
primarily  dependent  upon receipt of dividends and  distributions  from ROC. In
addition,  the indenture for the First  Mortgage  Notes  restricts the Company's
ability to pay dividends on its Common Stock.

           The table  below sets  forth the bid and ask sales  prices by quarter
for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, based on information provided by
certain brokers who have had  transactions in the Company's  Common Stock during
the year:

                          First          Second           Third          Fourth
                         Quarter         Quarter         Quarter         Quarter
                         -------         -------         -------         -------
         1996
         ----
          BID            $ 7.50          $11.00          $14.00          $12.94
          ASK              9.75           17.75           17.13           15.63

         1995
         ----
          BID              3.00            3.50            8.25            7.00
          ASK              4.63            9.13           11.50           10.00


On March 4, 1997 (the most recent  trade date of the  Company's  common  stock),
1,200 shares were traded closing at $14.125 per share.


                                       25

<PAGE>



Item 6.    Selected Financial Data

           The following  table sets forth a summary of selected  financial data
for the Company and its predecessor for the years ended December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Year
                          Ended                Six Months Ended                          Years Ended December 31,
                         Dec. 31,         June 30,        Dec. 31,          Combined
                           1992             1993            1993              1993           1994         1995           1996
                          ------           ------          ------            ------         ------       ------         -----
                     (Predecessor)       (Predecessor)    (Successor)
                                                               (dollars in thousands*)

<S>                       <C>              <C>                <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>     
Total Operating           $144,502         $72,702            $76,221        $148,923      $153,921      $151,145        $164,409
Revenue, net

Net Income (Loss)         (80,905)(1)(2)     5,628(2)           2,607           8,235(2)      4,790         6,344           8,440

Net Income (Loss)              N/A             N/A                 $.54           N/A           $1.00         $1.26           $1.63
Per Common Share

Total Assets               143,631         150,836            143,704         143,704       151,925       157,931         167,665

Long Term Debt             133,255         119,959            114,540         114,540       113,154       110,571         109,088


<FN>
________________

*     Except for Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

(1)   Includes a recognized loss on the permanent impairment of assets during
      the bankruptcy in the amount of $85.2 million to record the fair market
      value of the property and equipment.

(2)   There was no accrual of interest on debt  subsequent  to December 18,
      1991. If accrued,  interest expense on these  obligations  would have
      totaled $21.4  million and $10.4 million for the year ended  December
      31, 1992 and for the six months ended June 30, 1993, respectively.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       26

<PAGE>



Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
           Results of Operations

Results of Operations

           The following table sets forth the Company's income statement data as
a percentage of net revenues  (unless  otherwise  noted) for the Company for the
periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1994              1995             1996
                                                       ----              ----             ----
Revenues:
<S>                                                     <C>              <C>               <C>  
   Casino.........................................      53.3%            51.2%             48.9%
   Rooms..........................................      23.0             26.4              25.4
   Food and Beverage..............................      14.9             14.5              13.8
   Entertainment..................................      11.0              9.5              12.7
   Other..........................................       6.1              6.3               6.9
   Less promotional allowances...................       (8.3)            (7.9)            (7.7)
                                                     -------           -------          -------
     Net revenues                                      100.0            100.0             100.0

Costs and Expenses:
   Casino(1)......................................      59.5             58.6              59.1
   Rooms(1).......................................      49.7             47.1              45.0
   Food and Beverage(1)...........................      67.9             72.0              70.3
   Entertainment(1)...............................      82.5             71.6              73.2
   Other(1).......................................      37.4             37.1              34.6
   Selling, general and administrative............      18.7             19.6              19.1
   Depreciation and amortization..................       3.7              4.5               5.0
Total Costs and Expenses..........................      87.1             86.1              85.8
Income from operations............................      12.9             13.9              14.2
Interest expense, net.............................       8.0               7.5              6.3
                                                     -------           -------          -------
Income before provision for income taxes..........       5.0              6.4               7.8
Provision for income  taxes.......................      (1.9)             (2.2)            (2.7)
                                                     -------           -------          -------
Net Income                                               3.1%             4.2%              5.1%



(1) Shown as a percentage of corresponding departmental revenue.

</TABLE>


1996 Compared to 1995

Revenues

           Net revenues increased by approximately  $13.3 million, or 8.8%, from
$151.1 million in 1995 to $164.4 million in 1996.  Casino revenues  increased by
approximately $3.0 million, or 3.9%, from $77.3 million in 1995 to $80.4 million
in 1996 due primarily to a $2.9 million, or 5.4%, increase in slot revenues as a
result of an increase in promotional  activities directed at slot players.  Room
revenues increased by approximately $2.0 million, or 5.0%, from $39.8 million in
1995 to $41.8 million in 1996 as a result of an increase in hotel occupancy from
97.0% to 98.2% (based on  available  rooms) and an increase in average room rate
of $2.40, or 4.4%. Food and beverage revenues increased  approximately $700,000,
or 3.4%,  from $21.9  million in 1995 to $22.6 million in 1996 due to additional
covers  in  the  bars  and  restaurants.  Entertainment  revenues  increased  by
approximately  $6.5  million,  or 44.8%,  from  $14.4  million  in 1995 to $20.9
million in 1996. This was principally due to the reopening of the Splash variety
show which had been closed during the first half of 1995 for show  revisions and
theater

                                       27

<PAGE>



remodeling.  Other revenues increased by approximately  $1.8 million,  or 18.7%,
from $9.5 million in 1995 to $11.3  million in 1996 due primarily to a refund of
$576,000  from a union  health and welfare  trust fund for reduced  premiums and
general increases in other revenues such as telephone, gift shops and box office
commissions.  In addition, the Company received management fees of approximately
$400,000  for  operating  the Four Queens  Hotel/Casino  in  downtown  Las Vegas
beginning  in August 1996.  Promotional  allowances  increased by  approximately
$700,000,  or 6.4%,  from $11.9  million in 1995 to $12.6 million in 1996 due to
additional  complimentary  show  tickets  for the Splash show and an increase in
complimentaries associated with casino and slot marketing programs.

Direct Costs and Expenses of Operating Departments

           Total direct costs and expenses of operating departments increased by
approximately  $7.7  million,  or 8.2%,  from  $93.7  million  in 1995 to $101.5
million in 1996.  Casino expenses  increased by approximately  $2.2 million,  or
4.8%, from $45.3 million in 1995 to $47.5 million in 1996 due to a corresponding
increase in casino  revenues and casino expenses as a percent of casino revenues
increased  from  58.6%  to  59.1%,  primarily  due  to  increased  entertainment
promotional allowances upon the reopening of Splash on June 23, 1995. Room costs
were mostly flat for 1996 compared to 1995, however,  room costs as a percentage
of room revenues  decreased from 47.1% in 1995 to 45.0% in 1996 as room revenues
increased while room costs remained relatively constant. Food and beverage costs
increased by  approximately  $150,000,  or 0.9%,  from $15.8  million in 1995 to
$15.9 million in 1996 resulting from a corresponding increase in revenues.  Food
and beverage costs as a percentage of food and beverage revenues  decreased from
72.0% in 1995 to 70.3% in 1996 because food and beverage revenue increased while
payroll  and other  costs  remained  relatively  constant.  Entertainment  costs
increased by approximately $5.0 million, or 48.0%, from $10.3 million in 1995 to
$15.3 million in 1996, due to the additional  expenses associated with operating
Splash  for a full  year in 1996.  Entertainment  expenses  as a  percentage  of
entertainment  revenues  increased  from 71.6% in 1995 to 73.2% in 1996 due to a
revision  in the  Splash  producer's  agreement.  Other  expenses  increased  by
approximately  $400,000,  or 10.9%,  from $3.5  million to $3.9 million due to a
corresponding increase in other revenues.

Other Operating Expenses

           Selling,   general   and   administrative   expenses   increased   by
approximately $1.8 million, or 6.2%, from $29.6 million in 1995 to $31.5 million
in 1996 due to increased  incentive plan costs  required to retain  personnel in
the  competitive  gaming  environment.  As a percentage  of total net  revenues,
selling,  general and  administrative  expenses  decreased from 19.6% in 1995 to
19.1% in 1996 as a result of lower general marketing  expenses and the spreading
of fixed costs over a larger revenue base in 1996. Depreciation and amortization
increased by approximately $1.4 million,  or 20.6%, from $6.8 million in 1995 to
$8.2 million in 1996.

Other Income (Expense)

           Interest expense decreased by approximately  $400,000,  or 3.0%, from
$12.5 million in 1995 to $12.1 million in 1996 while  interest  income  remained
constant  at $1.1  million  in 1995 and  1996.  This was due to a  reduction  in
average debt outstanding, an increase in average cash balances and a decrease in
the investment  yield in 1996.  Other income increased by $505,000 due to a gain
on the final payment of certain  unsecured  notes in the fourth  quarter of 1996
offset by a loss due to the change in terms of one of the Company's notes.

                                       28

<PAGE>




Net Income

           As a result of the factors  discussed  above, net income increased by
approximately $2.1 million,  or 33.0%, from $6.3 million in 1995 to $8.4 million
in 1996. The effective income tax rate was 34.4% for 1995 and 1996.

EBITDA

           EBITDA increased by approximately $3.7 million,  or 13.3%, from $27.8
million in 1995 to $31.5 million in 1996. During the same periods, EBITDA margin
increased from 18.4% to 19.2% of net revenues.

1995 Compared to 1994

Revenues

           Net revenues decreased by approximately  $2.8 million,  or 1.8%, from
$153.9 million in 1994 to $151.1 million in 1995.  Casino revenues  decreased by
approximately $4.7 million, or 5.8%, from $82.1 million in 1994 to $77.3 million
in 1995  which was  largely  due to an  approximately  $5.9  million,  or 22.9%,
decrease in table game  revenues as a result of reduced  "high-roller"  play and
the elimination of unprofitable  marketing  programs offset by an  approximately
$1.3  million,  or  2.8%,  increase  in slot  machine  revenues.  Room  revenues
increased by approximately $4.4 million, or 12.5%, from $35.4 million in 1994 to
$39.8  million  in 1995 due to a  slight  decrease  in  occupancy  offset  by an
increase of $7.18 in the average room rate. Food and beverage revenues decreased
approximately $1.1 million, or 4.6%, from $23.0 million in 1994 to $21.9 million
in 1995,  principally  due to  reduced  covers  resulting  from the  decline  in
customer  traffic  as a result of Splash  being  closed  for six  months in 1995
compared to one month in 1994. Entertainment revenues decreased by approximately
$2.5 million,  or 14.9%, from $16.9 million in 1994 to $14.4 million in 1995 due
primarily to the closure of Splash from November 1994 to June 1995. Other income
increased by approximately  $125,000, or 1.3%, from $9.4 million in 1994 to $9.5
million in 1995. Promotional allowances decreased by approximately $1.0 million,
or 7.7%,  from $12.9 million in 1994 to $11.9 million in 1995,  primarily due to
the elimination of certain marketing programs.

Direct Costs and Expenses of Operating Departments

           Total direct costs and expenses of operating departments decreased by
approximately $5.8 million, or 5.8%, from $99.5 million in 1994 to $93.7 million
in 1995. Casino expenses decreased by approximately $3.5 million,  or 7.2%, from
$48.8 million in 1994 to $45.3 million in 1995 due to a  corresponding  decrease
in casino revenues. Casino expenses as a percentage of casino revenues decreased
from 59.5% in 1994 to 58.6% in 1995 due to reduced  complimentaries.  Room costs
increased by approximately $1.2 million,  or 6.8%, from $17.6 million in 1994 to
$18.8 million in 1995,  principally due to the payment of higher credit card and
travel agent  commissions  associated  with the increase in room revenues.  Room
costs as a percentage of room revenues  decreased from 49.7% in 1994 to 47.1% in
1995 as a result of certain fixed costs being  allocated  over a larger  revenue
base. Food and beverage costs increased by approximately $180,000, or 1.2%, from
$15.6  million in 1994 to $15.8  million in 1995.  As a  percentage  of food and
beverage  revenues,  costs increased from 67.9% in 1994 to 72.0% in 1995 because
certain  fixed costs could not be reduced  commensurate  with the  reduction  of
revenue.

                                       29

<PAGE>



Entertainment  costs decreased by  approximately  $3.7 million,  or 26.1%,  from
$14.0 million in 1994 to $10.3 million in 1995 due to Splash being closed during
the first half of 1995.  Entertainment  costs as a percentage  of  entertainment
revenues  decreased  from 82.5% in 1994 to 71.6% in 1995 due to better  contract
terms with the  producer of Splash.  Other  expenses  remained  constant at $3.5
million in 1995.

Other Operating Expenses

           Selling,   general   and   administrative   expenses   increased   by
approximately  $800,000, or 2.8%, from $28.8 million in 1994 to $29.6 million in
1995. As a percentage of total net revenues, selling, general and administrative
expenses  increased  from  18.7% in 1994 to 19.6%  in 1995 due to  increases  in
payroll and maintenance offset by a decrease in workers' compensation  insurance
expense  resulting from the Company becoming  self-insured and a decrease in the
provision  for bad debts as a result of stricter  credit  policies  during 1995.
Depreciation and amortization increased by approximately $1.1 million, or 20.0%,
from $5.7 million in 1994 to $6.8 million in 1995.

Other Income (Expense)

           Interest expense decreased by approximately  $311,000,  or 2.4%, from
$12.8 million in 1994 to $12.5 million in 1995,  while interest income more than
doubled from approximately $510,000 to $1.1 million. This was due to a reduction
in  average  debt   outstanding  and  an  increase  in  average  cash  balances,
respectively, during 1995 compared to 1994.

Net Income

           As a result of the factors  discussed  above, net income increased by
approximately $1.6 million,  or 32.4%, from $4.8 million in 1994 to $6.3 million
in 1995. The effective  income tax rate for 1995 was 34.4% compared to 37.5% for
1994.

EBITDA

           EBITDA increased by approximately  $2.2 million,  or 8.6%, from $25.6
million in 1994 to $27.8 million in 1995. During the same periods, EBITDA margin
increased from 16.6% to 18.4% of net revenues.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

           The  Company  had cash  and cash  equivalents  of  $25.7  million  at
December  31,  1996,  which was an increase of $3.8 million from the balances at
December 31, 1995.  Significant  debt  service on the First  Mortgage  Notes and
other debt issued  pursuant to the Plan is paid in June and  December and should
be considered in evaluating cash increases in the first and third quarters.

           For the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company's net cash provided
by operating  activities  was $18.3 million  compared to $16.7 million for 1995.
EBITDA  for 1996 and 1995 was $31.5  million  and $27.8  million,  respectively,
which was adequate to cover the Company's debt service and capital expenditures.
Management  believes  that  sufficient  cash flow will be available to cover the
Company's debt service and enable  investment in budgeted  capital  expenditures
for the next 12 months.


                                       30

<PAGE>



           Scheduled  interest  payments on the First  Mortgage  Notes and other
indebtedness  are $12.1 million in 1996 declining to $11.0 million in 2002. Cash
flow  from  operations  is not  expected  to be  sufficient  to pay  100% of the
principal  of the First  Mortgage  Notes at maturity in 2002.  Accordingly,  the
ability of the Company to repay the First  Mortgage  Notes at  maturity  will be
dependent upon its ability to refinance the First Mortgage  Notes.  There can be
no assurance that the Company will be able to refinance the principal  amount of
the  First  Mortgage  Notes  at  maturity.  The  First  Mortgage  Notes  are not
redeemable at the option of the Company until June 1, 1998,  and  thereafter are
redeemable at premiums beginning at 104.3125% and declining each subsequent year
to par in 2001.

           The Note Indenture  provides for mandatory  redemption by the Company
upon the  order of the  Nevada  Gaming  Authorities.  The  Note  Indenture  also
provides  that, in certain  circumstances,  the Company must offer to repurchase
the First  Mortgage  Notes upon the occurrence of a change of control or certain
other events.  In the event of such mandatory  redemption or repurchase prior to
maturity,  the Company would be unable to pay the principal  amount of the First
Mortgage Notes without a refinancing.

           The  Note  Indenture   imposes   certain   financial   covenants  and
restrictions on the Company and ROC, including a minimum  consolidated net worth
requirement and limitations on the payment of dividends,  the incurrence of debt
and granting of liens,  capital expenditures and mergers and sales of assets. As
a result of these  restrictions,  the  ability of the  Company  and ROC to incur
additional  indebtedness to fund  operations or to make capital  expenditures is
limited.  In the event that cash flow from  operations is  insufficient to cover
cash  requirements,  the  Company  and ROC may not be able to obtain  additional
funds.  The Company  and ROC would be  required  to curtail or defer  certain of
their capital expenditure programs under these  circumstances,  which could have
an adverse effect on the Company's operations.

           Effective September 8, 1995, the Note Indenture was amended to permit
the  Company's  management  team to utilize  its  expertise  in  turning  around
troubled gaming  properties which are either in, or on the verge of,  bankruptcy
and managing casinos in "new venues."

            In February  1997, the Company  entered into a $15.0  million,  five
year reducing revolving line of credit  collateralized by equipment (the "Credit
Facility").  The revolving  line of credit bears  interest at prime plus 0.5% or
LIBOR plus 2.9%. The Company has not utilized this line of credit.

           During  the  reorganization  proceeding  of  Riviera,  Inc.,  certain
capital  expenditures  were deferred.  Management  considers it important to the
competitive  position of the Riviera  that  expenditures  be made to upgrade the
property.  Capital expenditures totaled approximately $8.9 million in 1994, $7.8
million in 1995 and $14.9 million in 1996. Management has budgeted approximately
$13.0 million for capital  expenditures  in 1997. The Company expects to finance
such capital expenditures from cash flow and the Credit Facility.

Forward Looking Statements

           The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a "safe
harbor" for certain  forward-looking  statements.  Certain matters  discussed in
this  filing  could  be  characterized  as  forward-looking  statements  such as
statements  relating  to plans for future  expansion,  as well as other  capital
spending,  financing  sources and effects of regulation  and  competition.  Such
forward-looking

                                       31

<PAGE>



statements  involve  important risks and  uncertainties  that could cause actual
results  to differ  materially  from  those  expressed  in such  forward-looking
statements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

           During  1996 the Company  adopted  the  provisions  of  Statement  of
Financial   Accounting  Standards  No.  121  ("SFAS  121")  Accounting  for  the
Impairment of  Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to Be Disposed Of.
SFAS 121 requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles be
reviewed for impairment  whenever  events or changes in  circumstances  indicate
that the  carrying  amount of an asset may not be  recoverable.  The adoption of
SFAS 121 had no impact on the financial statements of the Company.

           In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board ("FASB")
issued  SFAS 123  Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation  which  establishes
financial   accounting  and  reporting   standards  for   stock-based   employee
compensation  plans and for  transactions  in which an entity  issues its equity
instruments  to  acquire  goods or  services  from  non-employees.  The  Company
continues to account for  stock-based  compensation  arrangements  in accordance
with  Accounting  Principles  Board No.  25,  "Accounting  for  Stock  Issued to
Employees" and therefore the adoption of SFAS 123 had no effect on the financial
position or results of operations  of the Company.  The Company has provided the
pro  forma  and  other  additional   disclosures  about   stock-based   employee
compensation plans in its 1996 consolidated  financial statements as required by
SFAS 123.

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, etc.

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

Table of Contents............................................................F-1
Independent Auditors' Report.................................................F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996.................F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended
  December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996...........................................F-4
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the Years Ended
  December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996...........................................F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
  December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996...........................................F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...................................F-7

Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
          Financial Disclosure

          None.



                                       32

<PAGE>



                                    PART III

Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

           Information  regarding this item is  incorporated by reference to the
Company's Proxy  Statement dated April 16, 1997,  relating to the Annual Meeting
of Stockholders to be held on May 8, 1997, and is made a part hereof.

Item 11.   Executive Compensation

           Information  regarding this item is  incorporated by reference to the
Company's Proxy  Statement dated April 16, 1997,  relating to the Annual Meeting
of Stockholders to be held on May 8, 1997, and is made a part hereof.

Item 12.   Principal Shareholders

           Information  regarding this item is  incorporated by reference to the
Company's Proxy  Statement dated April 16, 1997,  relating to the Annual Meeting
of Stockholders to be held on May 8, 1997, and is made a part hereof.

Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

           Information  regarding this item is  incorporated by reference to the
Company's Proxy  Statement dated April 16, 1997,  relating to the Annual Meeting
of Stockholders to be held on May 8, 1997, and is made a part hereof.



                                       33

<PAGE>



                                     PART IV

Item 14.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

           (a)(1)   List of Financial Statements.

           The following  Consolidated  Financial  Statements of the Company and
the  Independent  Auditors'  Report set forth on pages F-3 through F-18 and F-2,
respectively,  are  incorporated  by reference into this Item 14 of Form 10-K by
Item 8 hereof:

           -        Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and
                    1996.
           -        Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended
                    December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996.
           -        Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the
                    Years Ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996.
           -        Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
                    December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996.
           -        Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
           -        Independent Auditors' Report.

           (a)(2)   List of Financial Statement Schedules.

           No financial  statement schedules have been filed herewith since they
are either not required,  are not  applicable,  or the required  information  is
shown in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

           (a)(3)   List of Exhibits.
Exhibit
Number              Description
- ------              -----------

3.1*                Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  the
                    Registrant   filed  June  18,  1993  (see   Exhibit  3.1  to
                    Registration Statement Form S-1 filed with the Commission on
                    August 11, 1993)

3.2*                Bylaws of the  Registrant  (see Exhibit 3.2 to  Registration
                    Statement  Form S-1 filed with the  Commission on August 11,
                    1993)

10.1*               Lease Agreement  between  Riviera,  Inc. and Mardi Gras Food
                    Court,  Inc.  dated April 1, 1990 (see  Exhibit 10.1 to Form
                    10, Commission File No. 0-21430)


10.2*               Amendment to Lease Agreement between Riviera, Inc. and Mardi
                    Gras Food Court, Inc. dated April 1, 1990 (see Exhibit 10.2
                    to Registration Statement Form S-1 filed with the Commission
                    on August 11, 1993)


                    

<PAGE>





10.3*               Lease Agreement between Riviera, Inc. and Leroy's Horse and
                    Sports Place (see Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10, Commission File
                    No. 0-21430)

10.4*               Equipment Lease between Riviera, Inc. and G.E. Capital
                    Corporation (successor in interest to RCA Service Company)
                    (see Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10, Commission File No. 0-21430)

10.5*               Sales and  Security  Agreement  for Slot  Equipment  between
                    Riviera,  Inc. and Bally  Distributing  of Nevada,  Inc. and
                    Order re:  Motion to Approve  Adequate  Protection  Payments
                    (see Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10, Commission File No. 0-21430)

10.6*               Documents  Relating  to Sale by  Universal  Distributing  of
                    Nevada,  Inc.  of  Slot  Equipment  to  Riviera,   Inc.  and
                    Stipulation and Order re: Modification of Automatic Stay and
                    Compromise of Claim (see Exhibit 10.6 to Form 10, Commission
                    File No. 0-21430)

10.7*               Indemnity Agreement, dated June 30, 1993, from Riviera, Inc.
                    and Meshulam  Riklis in favor of the  Registrant and Riviera
                    Operating  Corporation  (see  Exhibit  10.7 to  Registration
                    Statement  Form S-1 filed with the  Commission on August 11,
                    1993)

10.8*               Indemnity   Agreement,   dated  June  30,  1993,   from  the
                    Registrant  in favor of IBJ  Schroder  Bank & Trust  Company
                    (see Exhibit 10.8 to  Registration  Statement Form S-1 filed
                    with the Commission on August 11, 1993)

10.9*               Equity Registration  Rights Agreement,  dated June 30, 1993,
                    among the Registrant and the Holders of Registerable  Shares
                    (see Exhibit 10.9 to  Registration  Statement Form S-1 filed
                    with the Commission on August 11, 1993)

10.10*              The  Registrant's  Class 4  Unsecured  Promissory  Note (see
                    Exhibit 10.10 to Registration  Statement Form S-1 filed with
                    the Commission on August 11, 1993)

10.11*              The Registrant's Class 5 (Sequoia "A") Unsecured  Promissory
                    Note (see Exhibit 10.11 to  Registration  Statement Form S-1
                    filed with the Commission on August 11, 1993)



                                      35

<PAGE>




10.12*              The Registrant's Class 5 (Sequoia "B") Unsecured
                    Promissory Note (see Exhibit 10.12 to  Registration 
                    Statement Form S-1 filed with the Commission on August 11,
                    1993)

10.13*              The   Registrant's   Class   12   Non-Negotiable   Unsecured
                    Promissory Note (see Exhibit 10.13 to Registration Statement
                    Form S-1 filed with the Commission on August 11, 1993)

10.14*              The Registrant's Class 13/14 Unsecured  Promissory Note (see
                    Exhibit 10.14 to Registration  Statement Form S-1 filed with
                    the Commission on August 11, 1993)

10.15*              Operating  Agreement,  dated  June  30,  1993,  between  the
                    Registrant and Riviera  Operating  Corporation  (see Exhibit
                    10.15 to  Registration  Statement  Form S-1  filed  with the
                    Commission on August 11, 1993).

10.16*              Adoption Agreement regarding Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plans
                    of  the  Registrant   (see  Exhibit  10.16  to  Registration
                    Statement  Form S-1 filed with the  Commission on August 11,
                    1993)

10.17*              Howard Johnson & Company Regional Defined Contribution Plan,
                    dated March 16, 1990 (adopted by the Registrant  pursuant to
                    the   Adoption   Agreement   filed  as   Exhibit   10.17  to
                    Registration Statement Form S-1 filed with the Commission on
                    August 11, 1993)

10.18*              Employment  Agreement  between Riviera,  Inc. and William L.
                    Westerman,  dated January 6, 1993 (see Exhibit 10.18 to Form
                    10, Commission File No. 0-21430)

10.19*              Form of Agreement  between the Registrant and Directors (see
                    Exhibit 10.19 to Form 10, Commission File No. 0-21430)

10.20*              Form of Termination Fee Agreement (see Exhibit 10.20 to Form
                    10, Commission File No. 0-21430)

10.21*              Form of  Employment  Agreement  between  Riviera,  Inc.  and
                    Albert Rapuano,  dated January 6, 1993 (see Exhibit 10.21 to
                    Form 10, Commission File No. 0-21430)

10.22*              Implementation  Agreement  between Riviera,  Inc. and Albert
                    Rapuano   (see  Exhibit   10.21  to   Amendment   No.  1  to
                    Registration Statement Form S-1 filed with the Commission on
                    August 19, 1993)



                                       36

<PAGE>




10.23*              Restricted  Account  Agreement,  dated June 30, 1993,  among
                    Riviera  Operating  Corporation,  IBJ Schroder  Bank & Trust
                    Company  and Bank of America  Nevada (see  Exhibit  10.22 to
                    Registration Statement Form S-1 filed with the Commission on
                    August 11, 1993)

10.24*              Disbursement  Agreement,  dated June 30,  1993,  between the
                    Registrant  and  IBJ  Schroder  Bank &  Trust  Company  (see
                    Exhibit 10.23 to Registration  Statement Form S-1 filed with
                    the Commission on August 11, 1993)

10.25*              Tax Sharing  Agreement  between the  Registrant  and Riviera
                    Operating Corporation dated June 30, 1993 (see Exhibit 10.24
                    to Amendment No. 1 to Registration  Statement Form S-1 filed
                    with the Commission on August 19, 1993)

10.26*              The  Registrant's  1993 Stock Option Plan (see Exhibit 10.25
                    to Amendment No. 1 to Registration  Statement Form S-1 filed
                    with the Commission on August 19, 1993)

10.27*              Form of Stay Bonus  Agreement  (See,  Exhibit  10.27 to Form
                    10-Q filed with the Commission November 9, 1994.

10.28*              Amendment  dated  February  19,  1995,  to  Lease  Agreement
                    between Riviera,  Inc. and Mardi Gras Food Court, Inc. (See,
                    Exhibits 10.1 --- and 10.2)

10.29*              Amendment dated September 30, 1994, to Employment  Agreement
                    between  Riviera,  Inc.  and  William  L.  Westerman.  (See,
                    Exhibit 10.18)

10.30               Management Agreement by and between Elsinore Corporation,
                    Four Queens, Inc. and Riviera Gaming Management Corp. -
                    Elsinore

10.31               Employment  Agreement  dated as of November  21, 1996 by and
                    between the Registrant,  Riviera  Operating  Corporation and
                    William L. Westerman

10.32               Revolving Line of Credit Loan Agreement  dated Februaruy 28,
                    1997  by  and  between  the  Registrant,  Riviera  Operating
                    Corporation and U.S. Bank of Nevada

10.33               Letter of Intent dated March 4, 1997 between the  Registrant
                    and Eagle Gaming, L.P.



                                       37

<PAGE>



* The exhibits thus designated are incorporated  herein by reference as exhibits
hereto. Following the description of such exhibits is a reference to the copy of
the exhibit  heretofore  filed with the Commission,  to which there have been no
amendments or changes.

           (b)      Reports on Form 8-K:

           No  reports on Form 8-K were  filed  with the  Commission  during the
fourth quarter ended December 31, 1996.



                                       38

<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  the Registrant has duly caused this report to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                         RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                                         By:/s/   WILLIAM L. WESTERMAN
                                            ----------------------------------- 
                                         William L. Westerman
                                         Chief Executive Officer and President
                                         (Principal Executive Officer)

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of
the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature                       Title                              Date
- ---------                       -----                              ----

                                Chairman of the Board,       
/s/ WILLIAM L. WESTERMAN        Chief Executive Officer       March 10, 1997
- ----------------------------    and President 
William L. Westerman


                                Treasurer (Principal         
/s/ DUANE R. KROHN              Financial and Accounting      March 10, 1997
- ----------------------------    Officer) 
Duane R. Krohn


/s/ ROBERT R. BARENGO           Director                      March 10, 1997
- ----------------------------
Robert R. Barengo


/s/ WILLIAM FRIEDMAN            Director                      March 10, 1997
William Friedman


/s/ PHILIP P. HANNIFIN          Director                      March 10, 1997
- ----------------------------
Philip P. Hannifin


                                       39

<PAGE>


                          RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

  Independent Auditors' Report..............................................F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996..............F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended
     December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996.......................................F-4
  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the
     Years Ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996...........................F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
     December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996.......................................F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................F-7





                                       F-1

<PAGE>



                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

Riviera Holdings Corporation
d.b.a. Riviera Hotel & Casino
Las Vegas, Nevada

    We have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of Riviera
Holdings  Corporation and subsidiaries  (the "Company")  d.b.a.  Riviera Hotel &
Casino as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the related consolidated statements
of income,  shareholders'  equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in
the  period  ended  December  31,  1996.  These  financial  statements  are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

    We conducted  our audits in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial position of the Company as of December 31,
1995 and 1996, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended  December 31, 1996,  in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Las Vegas, Nevada
February 28, 1997


                                       F-2

<PAGE>



                          RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      December 31,
                                                                              ---------------------------  
                                                                               1995                1996
                                                                               ----                ----
                                                                                  (in thousands)

                                     ASSETS
<S>                                                                           <C>                 <C>    
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents (Note 1)........................................  $21,962             $25,747
  Accounts receivable, net (Notes 1 and 2)..................................    4,334               5,113
  Inventories (Note 1)......................................................    2,186               3,039
  Prepaid expenses and other assets.........................................    2,602               2,692
                                                                              -------             -------
     Total current assets...................................................   31,084              36,591
Property and Equipment, Net (Notes 1, 3, 5 and 7)...........................  121,049             127,760
Other Assets................................................................    4,759               2,853
Restricted Cash For Periodic Slot Payments (Notes 1 and 5)..................    1,039                 461
                                                                              -------             -------
          Total Assets...................................................... $157,931            $167,665
                                                                             ========            ========


                      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Current portion of long-term debt (Note 5)................................   $2,322              $1,550
  Accounts payable (Notes 1 and 4)..........................................    8,364               8,530
  Current income taxes payable (Note 6).....................................       51                 413
  Accrued expenses (Notes 1 and 4)..........................................    9,640               9,757
                                                                              -------             -------
     Total current liabilities..............................................   20,377              20,250
                                                                              -------             -------
Deferred Income Taxes Payable (Note 6)......................................    3,023               4,626
                                                                              -------             -------
Long-Term Debt, Net of Current Portion (Notes 1 and 5)......................  108,249             107,538
                                                                              -------             -------
Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 5, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 12)

Shareholders' Equity: (Notes 1 and 11)
  Common stock ($.001 par value; 20,000,000 shares
     authorized; 4,800,000 shares at December 31, 1995
     and 4,922,503 shares at December 31, 1996 issued
     and outstanding).......................................................        5                   5
  Additional paid-in capital................................................   12,537              13,919
  Notes receivable from employee shareholders...............................       --               (853)
  Retained earnings.........................................................   13,740              22,180
                                                                              -------             -------
     Total shareholders' equity.............................................   26,282              35,251
                                                                              -------             -------
         Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity........................  $157,931            $167,665
                                                                             ========            ========




                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>
                                                      F-3

<PAGE>



                          RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     Years Ended December 31,
                                                                              -----------------------------------------
                                                                               1994             1995             1996
                                                                               ----             ----             ----
                                                                                     (in thousands, except share data)
Revenues: (Note 1)
<S>                                                                           <C>              <C>              <C>    
  Casino.......................................................               $82,060          $77,337          $80,384
  Rooms........................................................                35,422           39,848           41,835
  Food and beverage............................................                22,961           21,895           22,641
  Entertainment................................................                16,945           14,423           20,883
  Other (Notes 7 and 9)........................................                 9,390            9,515           11,293
                                                                              -------
                                                                              166,778          163,018          177,036
  Less promotional allowances (Note 1).........................                12,857           11,873           12,627
                                                                              -------
          Net revenues.........................................               153,921          151,145          164,409
                                                                              -------
Costs and expenses: (Notes 1, 7 and 10)
  Direct costs and expenses of operating
     departments:
     Casino....................................................                48,826           45,325           47,509
     Rooms.....................................................                17,594           18,787           18,834
     Food and beverage.........................................                15,588           15,768           15,916
     Entertainment.............................................                13,982           10,329           15,290
     Other.....................................................                 3,516            3,527            3,913
  Other operating expenses:
     Selling, general and administrative.......................                28,822           29,618           31,454
     Depreciation and amortization.............................                 5,674            6,811            8,212
                                                                            ---------
          Total costs and expenses.............................               134,002          130,165          141,128
                                                                            ---------
Income from operations.........................................                19,919           20,980           23,281
                                                                            ---------
Other income (expense):
  Interest expense (Notes 5 and 7).............................              (12,764)         (12,453)         (12,085)
  Interest income..............................................                   510            1,149            1,167
  Other, net (Note 5)..........................................                    --               --              505
                                                                            ---------
          Total other income (expense).........................              (12,254)         (11,304)         (10,413)
                                                                            ---------
Income before provision for income taxes.......................                 7,665            9,676           12,868
Provision for income taxes (Notes 1 and 6).....................                 2,875            3,332            4,428
                                                                            ---------
Net income.....................................................             $   4,790        $   6,344       $    8,440
                                                                            =========
Weighted average common and common equivalent
  shares outstanding (Notes 1 and 11)..........................             4,800,000        5,040,720        5,177,809
                                                                            =========
Net income per common and common equivalent shares
  (Notes 1 and 11).............................................             $    1.00        $    1.26        $    1.63
                                                                            =========






                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>


                                       F-4

<PAGE>



                          RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
              For the Years Ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996
                        (in thousands, except share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                        Notes
                                                                                                      Receivable
                                                                      Additional                         from
                                           Shares         Common        Paid-in       Retained         Employee
                                        Outstanding        Stock        Capital        Earnings      Shareholders        Total
                                        -----------        -----        -------        --------      ------------        -----

<S>                                       <C>               <C>        <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>    
Balances, January 1, 1994............     4,800,000         $ 5        $12,537         $2,606                --        $15,148
Net income...........................            --          --             --          4,790                --          4,790
                                         ----------         ---        -------        -------            -----         -------
Balances, December 31, 1994..........     4,800,000           5         12,537          7,396                --         19,938
Net income...........................            --          --             --          6,344                --          6,344
                                         ----------         ---        -------        -------            -----         -------
Balances, December 31, 1995..........     4,800,000           5         12,537         13,740                --         26,282
Stock issued under Employee
  Stock Purchase Plan................       137,000          --          1,543             --          $(1,383)            160
Collections of shareholders'
  receivables........................            --          --             --             --               332            332
Refunds on employee stock
  purchases..........................      (17,600)          --          (198)             --               198             --
Director Compensation
  Plan...............................         3,103          --             37             --                --             37
Net income...........................            --          --             --          8,440                --          8,440
                                         ----------         ---        -------        -------            -----         -------
Balances, December 31, 1996..........     4,922,503         $ 5        $13,919        $22,180            $(853)        $35,251
                                          =========         ===        =======        =======            =====         =======

</TABLE>















                       See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       F-5

<PAGE>



                          RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                          Years Ended December 31,
                                                                                 -----------------------------------------
                                                                                 1994              1995              1996
                                                                                 ----              ----              ----
                                                                                             (in thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:
<S>                                                                             <C>              <C>               <C>   
  Net income..............................................................      $4,790           $6,344            $8,440
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
     operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization........................................       5,674            6,811             8,212
     Provision for bad debts..............................................         991              478               524
     Provision for gaming discounts.......................................         133              143               232
     Other, net...........................................................          --               --             (505)
     Interest expense.....................................................      12,764           12,453            12,085
     Interest paid........................................................     (13,052         (12,489)          (12,072)
                                                                                      
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
       Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable.........................     (1,116)              126           (1,535)
       Decrease (increase) in inventories.................................       (508)               86             (853)
       Increase in prepaid expenses and other assets......................       (310)            (212)              (90)
       Decrease in restricted cash for periodic slot payments.............         591              318               578
       Increase in accounts payable.......................................       1,064            1,033               166
       Increase in accrued expenses.......................................       2,393              758               104
       Increase (decrease) in current income taxes payable................         573            (522)               362
       Increase in deferred income taxes payable..........................       2,010            1,013             1,603
       Increase in non-qualified pension plan obligation to CEO
          upon retirement.................................................         375              400             1,039
                                                                                ------           ------            ------ 
          Net cash provided by operating activities.......................      16,372           16,740            18,290
                                                                                ------           ------            ------ 
     Cash flows from investing activities:
  Capital expenditures for property and equipment.........................     (8,933)          (7,836)          (14,923)
  Decrease (increase) in other assets.....................................     (1,506)            (382)             1,906
                                                                                ------           ------            ------ 
          Net cash used in investing activities...........................     (10,439          (8,218)          (13,017)
                                                                                ------           ------            ------ 
                                                                                      
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from long-term borrowings......................................         675              176               209
  Payments on long-term borrowings........................................     (3,371)          (3,159)           (2,226)
  Proceeds from issuance of stock to employees and directors..............          --               --               197
  Collections of notes receivable from employees..........................          --               --               332
                                                                                    --
          Net cash used in financing activities...........................     (2,696)          (2,983)           (1,488)
                                                                                ------           ------            ------ 
Increase in cash and cash equivalents.....................................       3,237            5,539             3,785
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period............................      13,186           16,423            21,962
                                                                                ------           ------            ------ 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period..................................     $16,423          $21,962           $25,747
                                                                               =======          =======           =======
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information -- Income
  taxes paid..............................................................        $292           $2,852            $2,463
                                                                                  ====           ======            ======
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:
  Stock issued to employees for notes receivable..........................                                         $1,383
                                                                                                                   ======
  Non-cash reductions of long-term debt...................................                                           $845
                                                                                                                     ====



                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>

                                       F-6

<PAGE>



                          RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  Basis of Presentation

     Riviera   Holdings   Corporation   (the  "Company")  and  its  wholly-owned
subsidiary  Riviera Operating  Corporation  ("ROC") were incorporated on January
27,  1993,  in order to acquire  all assets and  liabilities  of  Riviera,  Inc.
Casino-Hotel Division on June 30, 1993, pursuant to a plan of reorganization.

     In  July  1994,  management  established  a new  division,  Riviera  Gaming
Management,  Inc. ("RGM") for the purpose of obtaining  management  contracts in
Nevada and other jurisdictions. In August 1995, RGM incorporated in the state of
Nevada as a wholly owned subsidiary of ROC.

  Nature of Operations

     The primary line of business of the Company is the operation of the Riviera
Hotel & Casino on the "Strip" in Las Vegas,  Nevada. The Company is engaged in a
single industry  segment,  the operation of a hotel/casino  with restaurants and
related  facilities.  The Company also manages the Four Queens  Hotel/Casino  in
downtown Las Vegas (see Note 9).

     Casino  operations  are  subject to  extensive  regulation  in the State of
Nevada by the Gaming Control Board and various other state and local  regulatory
agencies.  Management  believes that the Company's  procedures  for  supervising
casino  operations,  for  recording  casino and other  revenues and for granting
credit comply, in all material respects, with the applicable regulations.

  Principles of Consolidation

     The consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of the Company
and its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  ROC and  RGM.  All  material  intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

  Cash and Cash Equivalents

     All highly liquid investment  securities with a maturity of three months or
less when acquired are considered to be cash  equivalents.  The Company accounts
for investment  securities in accordance with Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 115 ("SFAS 115"),  Accounting for Certain  Investments in Debt and
Equity Securities.

     The  Company's  investment  securities,  along with  certain  cash and cash
equivalents  that are not deemed  securities  under SFAS 115, are carried on the
consolidated balance sheets in the cash and cash equivalents category.  SFAS 115
addresses the accounting and reporting for investments in equity securities that
have  readily   determinable  fair  values  and  for  all  investments  in  debt
securities,   and  requires   such   securities   to  be  classified  as  either
held-to-maturity,  trading  or  available-for-sale.  Management  determines  the
appropriate  classification of its investment securities at the time of purchase
and reevaluates such  determination at each balance sheet date.  Pursuant to the
criteria  that are  prescribed  by SFAS 115,  the  Company  has  classified  its
investment securities in inventory as of December 31, 1994,

                                       F-7

<PAGE>


                          RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


and acquired during fiscal 1995 as held to maturity. Held to maturity securities
are required to be carried at amortized  cost. At December 31, 1996,  securities
classified as held to maturity were comprised of debt  securities  issued by the
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government corporations and agencies and repurchase
agreements  with an amortized  cost of  $19,756,000  maturing in three months or
less.

  Inventories

     Inventories consist primarily of food, beverage,  gift shop and promotional
inventories  and are  stated at the  lower of cost  (determined  on a  first-in,
first-out basis) or market.

  Property and Equipment

     Property  and  equipment  are  stated at the lower of cost or  market,  and
capitalized  lease assets are stated at the lower of the present value of future
minimum lease payments at the date of lease inception or market value.  Interest
incurred during  construction of new facilities or major additions to facilities
is  capitalized  and  amortized  over the  life of the  asset.  Depreciation  is
computed by the  straight-line  method over the shorter of the estimated  useful
lives or lease terms, if applicable,  of the related assets,  which range from 5
to 40 years. The costs of normal  maintenance and repairs are charged to expense
as incurred. Gains or losses on disposals are recognized as incurred.

  Restricted Cash for Periodic Slot Payments

     At December 31, 1995 and 1996,  the Company had  interest-bearing  deposits
with a commercial  bank in the amount of $1,039,000  and $461,000  respectively,
which are restricted as to use. These amounts represent deposits required by the
State  of  Nevada  Gaming  Control  Board to fund  periodic  slot  payments  due
customers through the year 2000.

  Fair Value Disclosure as of December 31, 1996

     Cash  and  cash  equivalents,  accounts  receivable,  restricted  cash  for
periodic slot payments,  accounts  payable and accrued  expenses -- The carrying
value of these items are a reasonable estimate of their fair value.

     Long-term  Debt  -- The  fair  value  of the  Company's  long-term  debt is
estimated based on the quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or on
the  current  rates  offered  to the  Company  for  debt of the  same  remaining
maturities.  Based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for
debt with similar  terms and average  maturities,  the  estimated  fair value of
long-term debt is approximately $112,588,000.

  Casino Revenue

     The  Company  recognizes,  as  gross  revenue,  the  net  win  from  gaming
activities, which is the difference between gaming wins and losses.

                                       F-8

<PAGE>


                          RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)



  Promotional Allowances

     Promotional allowances consist primarily of accommodations,  entertainment,
and food and beverage services furnished without charge to customers. The retail
value of such services is included in the respective revenue classifications and
is then deducted as promotional allowances.

     The estimated costs of providing  promotional  allowances are classified as
costs of the casino operating department through interdepartmental  allocations.
These  allocations  for the years ended December 31, 1994,  1995 and 1996 are as
follows:


                                                  1994       1995        1996
                                                --------   --------    ------

                                                         (in thousands)


Food and beverage..............................  $7,225     $6,570       $6,671
Rooms..........................................   1,843      1,451        1,410
Entertainment..................................   2,121      2,280        2,592
                                                -------    -------      -------
     Total costs allocated to casino........... $11,189    $10,301      $10,673
                                                =======    =======      =======



  Federal Income Taxes

     The Company and its  subsidiaries  file a consolidated  federal tax return.
The Company  accounts for income taxes in accordance  with SFAS 109,  Accounting
for Income  Taxes.  SFAS 109  requires  recognition  of deferred  tax assets and
liabilities  for the expected  future tax  consequences of events that have been
included in the  financial  statements  or tax  returns.  Deferred  income taxes
reflect the net tax effects of (i)  temporary  differences  between the carrying
amounts of assets and  liabilities  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and the
amounts used for income tax  purposes,  and (ii)  operating  loss and tax credit
carryforwards.

  Net Income Per Share

     Earnings  per common  and common  equivalent  share is  computed  using the
weighted  average  number of shares  outstanding  adjusted  for the  incremental
shares attributed to outstanding options to purchase common stock. Fully diluted
per share  amounts are  substantially  the same as primary per share amounts for
the periods presented.

     On November 16, 1995, the shareholders of the Company approved an amendment
to the Company's  Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to increase the
authorized  shares of common stock from  5,000,000 to 20,000,000  and a four for
one stock split.  Accordingly,  per share information,  average number of shares
outstanding and number of shares  outstanding in the  accompanying  consolidated
financial  statements  have been adjusted for the stock split as of the earliest
date presented (December 31, 1994).

                                       F-9

<PAGE>


                          RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)



  Estimates and Assumptions

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results may differ from estimates.

  Reclassifications

     Certain  reclassifications  have been  made to the 1994 and 1995  financial
statements to conform with the current year presentation.

  Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

     During 1996 the Company  adopted the provisions of Statement No. 121 ("SFAS
121"),  Accounting  for the  Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for Long-Lived
Assets to Be Disposed Of. SFAS 121 requires that  long-lived  assets and certain
identifiable  intangibles be reviewed for impairment  whenever events or changes
in  circumstances  indicate  that the  carrying  amount  of an asset  may not be
recoverable. The adoption of SFAS 121 had no impact on the financial position or
results of operations of the Company.

     In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement No. 123 ("SFAS 123"), Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation,  which
establishes   financial  accounting  and  reporting  standards  for  stock-based
employee  compensation  plans and for transactions in which an entity issues its
equity instruments to acquire goods or services from  nonemployees.  The Company
continues to account for  stock-based  compensation  arrangements  in accordance
with Accounting  Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, and therefore the adoption of SFAS 123 had no effect on the financial
position or results of  operations  of the  Company.  The  Company has  included
additional disclosures about stock-based employee compensation plans as required
by SFAS 123 (see Note 11).



                                      F-10

<PAGE>


                          RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


2.  Accounts Receivable

    Accounts receivable consist of the following at December 31:


                                                           1995           1996
                                                           ----           ----
                                                              (in thousands)

Casino...............................................      $2,581       $2,280
Hotel................................................       2,494        3,479
                                                           ------       ------
  Total..............................................       5,075        5,759
Less allowance for bad debts and discounts...........         741          646
                                                           ------       ------
  Total..............................................      $4,334       $5,113
                                                            ======      =======



    Changes in the casino and hotel  allowance  for bad debts and  discounts for
the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 consist of the following:

                                                               1995       1996
                                                               ----       ----
                                                               (in thousands)


Beginning balance..........................................  $1,424       $741
Write-offs.................................................  (1,358)      (912)
Recoveries.................................................      54         61
Provision for bad debts....................................     478        524
Provision for gaming discounts.............................     143        232
                                                             ------    -------
  Ending balance...........................................  $  741    $   646
                                                             ======    ========


3.  Property and Equipment

    Property and equipment consists of the following at December 31:

                                                               1995       1996
                                                               ----       ----
                                                               (in thousands)

Land and improvements.....................................  $21,751     $21,751
Buildings and improvements................................   75,875      77,455
Equipment, furniture, and fixtures........................   38,307      51,650
                                                             ------
     Total property and equipment.........................  135,933     150,856
Less accumulated depreciation.............................   14,884      23,096
                                                             ------     -------
     Net property and equipment........................... $121,049    $127,760
                                                           ========    ========



                                      F-11

<PAGE>


                          RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


4.  Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

    Accounts payable consist of the following at December 31:


                                                               1995       1996
                                                               ----       ----
                                                                (in thousands)

Outstanding chip and token liability.................          $854        $836
Casino account deposits..............................           642         498
Unpaid race and sports book winners..................            26          17
Miscellaneous gaming.................................           850         762
                                                             ------      ------ 
     Total liabilities related to gaming activities..         2,372       2,113
Accounts payable to vendors..........................         4,497       5,118
Hotel deposits.......................................         1,415       1,123
Other................................................            80         176
                                                             ------      ------
     Total...........................................        $8,364      $8,530
                                                             ======      ======


    Accrued expenses consist of the following at December 31:

                                                               1995       1996
                                                               ----       ----
                                                                (in thousands)

Payroll, related payroll taxes and vacation...........       $5,095      $5,244
Health and other liability claims.....................          548         450
Union benefits and dues...............................          816         663
Progressive slot machine liability....................          226         203
Taxes.................................................          518         631
Professional fees.....................................          208         176
Incentive and pension plans...........................        2,209       2,357
Interest..............................................           20          33
                                                            -------      ------
     Total............................................       $9,640      $9,757
                                                             ======      ====== 



                                      F-12

<PAGE>


                          RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


5.  Long-Term Debt

    Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                             1995           1996
                                                                                             ----           ----
                                                                                                (in thousands)


<S>                                                                                       <C>             <C>     
First Mortgage Notes maturing on December 31, 2002, bearing interest at the rate
  of 11% per annum, payable semi-annually on June 30 and December 31, redeemable
  beginning  June 1, 1998, at 104.3125%;  1999 at 102.8750%;  2000 at 101.4375%;
  and 2001 and  thereafter  at  100%.  These  notes  are  collateralized  by the
  physical structures comprising the Riviera Hotel and Casino.......................      $100,000        $100,000

Unsecured, non-interest bearing notes to settle Class 4, 5 and 12
  claims, discounted at 16.8%, paid in 1996.........................................         2,056              --

Unsecured,  non-interest bearing promissory note in an original principal amount
  of $8,000,000 (the "Class 13/14 Note") to settle the claims of the former sole
  shareholder, and his affiliates, payable to a bank in semi-annual installments
  of $500,000 to
  $750,000 discounted at 12%........................................................         4,159           4,707

Capitalized lease obligations (see Note 7)..........................................         1,341             986

Unsecured promissory notes in the original principal amount of $441,262, bearing
  interest at the rate of 8.5% per annum, payable
  monthly and maturing on December 31, 1998.........................................           266             185

Periodic slot payments due customers through 2000, prefunded by
  restricted cash (see Note 1)......................................................         1,039             461

Non-qualified  pension plan obligation to the CEO of the Company,  payable in 20
  quarterly installments upon expiration of his
  employment contract...............................................................         1,710           2,749
                                                                                          --------        --------
     Total long-term debt...........................................................       110,571         109,088
Less current maturities by terms of debt............................................         2,322           1,550
                                                                                          --------        --------
     Total..........................................................................      $108,249        $107,538
                                                                                          ========        ========
</TABLE>



    Maturities  of  long-term  debt for the years  ending  December  31, were as
follows:

                                                                 (in thousands)
1997........................................................          $1,550
1998........................................................           1,884
1999........................................................           1,817
2000........................................................           2,043
2001........................................................           1,244
Thereafter..................................................         100,550
                                                                    --------
     Total..................................................        $109,088
                                                                    ========


    The  Indenture  for the  First  Mortgage  Notes  imposes  certain  financial
covenants  and  restrictions  on the Company,  including  but not limited to the
maintenance of a minimum  consolidated net worth,  which should not be less than
$2,542,000  for any two  consecutive  fiscal  quarters,  and  limitations on (i)
dividends on common  stock,  (ii)  liquidation  of assets,  (iii)  incurrence of
indebtedness,  (iv) creation of subsidiaries  and joint ventures and (v) capital
purchases.  Capital  purchases  are  limited  to  annual  cash  expenditures  of
$6,000,000  plus 80% of  cumulative  available  cash  flow  from  the  Company's
inception

                                      F-13

<PAGE>


                          RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


at July 1, 1993,  to the extent that this cash flow has not been utilized in any
prior year.  Management believes the Company is in compliance with the covenants
of the Indenture.

    Effective  September 8, 1995,  the Board of Directors  and holders of 94% of
the  Company's  First  Mortgage  Notes  approved   amendments  to  certain  note
restrictive  covenants.  Noteholders  who consented to the  modification  of the
restrictive  covenants  were paid a fee of $5.00 for each  $1,000 of Notes held,
for an aggregate  payment by the Company of $500,000  which is included in other
assets at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and amortized  over the life of the related
debt.  These costs are being  amortized  using the  straight-line  method  which
approximates  the effective  interest method over the life of the  indebtedness.
The  amendments  to the  restrictive  covenants  were  designed  to  permit  the
Company's  management  team to utilize its expertise in turning around  troubled
gaming  properties  which are  either in or on the  verge of  bankruptcy  and to
manage casinos in so called "new venues".

    During the fourth quarter of 1996, the Company made the final payment on the
note issued to settle the Class 12 claim,  which was less than what was recorded
and resulted in income of approximately $845,000. Also during the fourth quarter
of 1996,  the terms of the Class  13/14 Note was  revised,  which  resulted in a
decrease  in the  discount  rate from  16.8% to 12.0% and  increased  principal,
resulting  in  additional  expense of $340,000.  Other,  net income for the year
ended December 31, 1996 includes the net effect of the above transactions.

    In  February,  1997,  the Company  entered  into a $15.0  million  five year
reducing  revolving line of credit  collateralized  by equipment.  The revolving
line of credit bears interest at prime plus 0.5% or LIBOR plus 2.9%. The Company
has not utilized this line of credit.

    The Company has credit facilities  totaling  $1,100,000 at banks for letters
of credit issued periodically to foreign vendors for purchases of merchandise.

6.  Federal Income Taxes

    SFAS 109  requires the Company to compute  deferred  income taxes based upon
the  difference  between  the  financial  statement  and tax basis of assets and
liabilities  using  enacted  tax  rates in  effect  in the  years  in which  the
differences are expected to reverse.

    The  effective  income  tax  rates  on  income  attributable  to  continuing
operations differ from the statutory federal income tax rates for the year ended
December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    1994                  1995               1996
                                                   Amount       Rate     Amount   Rate      Amount   Rate
                                                   ------       ----     ------   ----      ------   ----
                                                          (dollars in thousands)

<S>                                                  <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>  
Taxes at federal statutory rate............          $2,680    35.0%    $3,386   35.0%     $4,504   35.0%
Other                                                   195     2.5       (54)   (1.0)       (76)   (1.0)
                                                     ------    ----     -----    ----      -----    ----
  Provision for income taxes...............          $2,875    37.5%    $3,332   34.0%     $4,428   34.0%
                                                     ======    ====     ======   ====      ======   ==== 
</TABLE>



                                      F-14

<PAGE>


                          RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


    The tax effects of the items  comprising  the  Company's  net  deferred  tax
liability consist of the following at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1995       1996
                                                                                ----       ----
                                                                                 (in thousands)
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
<S>                                                                             <C>         <C> 
  Basis in long-term debt obligations.......................................      $640       $457
  Reserve differential for hospitality and gaming activities................     1,090      1,133
  Difference between book and tax depreciable property......................     4,430      5,226
  Other.....................................................................       383        806
                                                                                ------      -----
     Total..................................................................     6,543      7,622
                                                                                ------      -----
Deferred Tax Assets:
  Reserves not currently deductible.........................................     1,500      1,806
  Bad debt reserves.........................................................       260        226
  AMT credit................................................................     1,760        964
                                                                                ------     ------
     Total..................................................................     3,520      2,996
                                                                                ------     ------
       Net deferred tax liability...........................................    $3,023     $4,626
                                                                                ======     ======

</TABLE>

    The Company has  $964,000 of  alternative  minimum tax credit  available  to
offset future income tax liabilities. The credit has no expiration date.

7.  Leasing Activities

    The Company leases certain equipment under capital leases.  These agreements
have been  capitalized at the present value of the future minimum lease payments
at lease  inception  and are included with  property and  equipment.  Management
estimates  the fair market value of the property  and  equipment  subject to the
leases approximates the net present value of the leases. The leased property and
equipment consist primarily of signs and air conditioning equipment.

    The following is a schedule by year of the minimum rental payments due under
capital leases, as of December 31, 1996:

                                                          (in thousands)
1997........................................................  $   441
1998........................................................      441
1999........................................................      429
2000........................................................      227
                                                               ------
  Total minimum lease payments..............................    1,538
Less taxes, maintenance and insurance.......................      390
Less interest portion of payments...........................      162
                                                               ------
  Present value of net minimum lease payments...............   $  986
                                                               ======


    Rental  expense for the years ended  December  31,  1994,  1995 and 1996 was
approximately $295,000, $406,000 and $334,000, respectively.

    In addition, the Company leases retail space to third parties under terms of
noncancelable  operating  leases which  expire in various  years  through  1999.
Rental income, which is included in other income,

                                      F-15

<PAGE>


                          RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


for the  years  ended  December  31,  1994,  1995  and  1996  was  approximately
$1,687,000, $1,533,000 and $1,573,000, respectively.

    At December 31, 1996,  the Company had future  minimum  annual rental income
due under noncancelable operating leases as follows:

                                                             (in thousands)
1997.................................................             $1,159
1998.................................................                946
1999.................................................                748
2000.................................................                494
2001.................................................                351
Thereafter...........................................                993
                                                                  ------
     Total...........................................             $4,691
                                                                  ======


8.  Commitments and Contingencies

    The  Company is party to several  routine  lawsuits  both as  plaintiff  and
defendant arising from normal operations of a hotel. Management does not believe
that the  outcome  of such  litigation  in the  aggregate  will have a  material
adverse  effect on the  financial  position  or  results  of  operations  of the
Company.

9.  Management Agreements

    Since August 1996, RGM has been  operating the Four Queens located  adjacent
to the Golden  Nugget on Fremont  Street in downtown  Las Vegas under an interim
management  agreement  for a fee of $83,333 per month.  A  long-term  management
agreement (the "Management  Agreement") with Elsinore Corporation  ("Elsinore"),
the  owner of the Four  Queens,  went into  effect on  February  28,  1997,  the
effective date of the Chapter 11 plan of reorganization of Elsinore.

    The term of the Management Agreement is approximately 40 months,  subject to
earlier  termination  or extension.  Either party may  terminate the  Management
Agreement if  cumulative  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and
amortization  ("EBITDA")  for the first  two  fiscal  years is less  than  $12.8
million.  The term of the Management  Agreement can be extended by an additional
24 months at RGM's option,  if  cumulative  EBITDA for the three fiscal years of
the  term  is at  least  $19.2  million.  RGM  will  be paid a fee of 25% of any
increase in annual EBITDA over $4.0 million,  subject to a $1.0 million  minimum
fee, payable in equal monthly installments. RGM has received warrants for 20% of
Elsinore's fully diluted equity, exercisable during the term or extended term of
the Management Agreement at an exercise price based on the higher of (i) the per
share book value on the effective date of the Elsinore  bankruptcy  plan or (ii)
total  shareholders'  equity of $5.0  million.  Either party can  terminate  the
Management  Agreement if (i) substantially all the Four Queens' assets are sold,
(ii) the Four  Queens is  merged  or (iii) a  majority  of the Four  Queens'  or
Elsinore's  shares  are sold.  Upon  such  termination  RGM will  receive a $2.0
million  termination bonus minus any amount realized or realizable upon exercise
of the warrants.



                                      F-16

<PAGE>


                          RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


10.  Employment Agreements and Employee Benefit Plans

    The Company has an employment agreement with Mr. Westerman,  Chairman of the
Board and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company.  This agreement  includes an
annual  base  salary,  an  incentive  bonus  based upon the  extent of  adjusted
operating   earnings,   contributions  to  a  Non-Qualified   Pension  Plan  and
contributions to a Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan. In addition,  the Company has
termination  fee agreements with each of the Directors,  Executive  Officers and
Significant  Employees pursuant to which each of such employees will be entitled
to receive one year's salary and health  insurance  benefits if their employment
with the  Company  is  terminated  within one year of a change of control of the
Company and without cause, or the involuntary  termination of Mr. Westerman.  On
November 21, 1996,  the Company  amended Mr.  Westerman's  employment  agreement
subject to  stockholder  approval at their annual  meeting  scheduled for May 8,
1997.  If the  Company's  stockholders  do not ratify the amended  agreement the
agreement described above will remain in full force.

    The Company has an incentive  compensation  plan,  covering employees of the
Company  who, in the opinion of the  Chairman of the Board,  either serve in key
executive, administrative, professional or technical capacities with the Company
or  other  employees  who  also  have  made a  significant  contribution  to the
successful and profitable  operation of the Company.  The amount of the bonus is
based on operating earnings before depreciation, amortization, interest expense,
provision for income taxes,  extraordinary  losses and gains,  any provisions or
payments made pursuant to the Plan, and any provisions or payments made pursuant
to the incentive  compensation of the Chairman and Chief Executive  Officer.  At
December  31,  1994,  1995 and 1996 the  Company  recorded  accrued  bonuses  of
$1,430,000  and $2,123,000 and  $2,588,000,  respectively,  based upon the above
incentive  compensation plan and the incentive compensation plan established for
the Chairman of the Board under his employment agreement.

    The Company contributes to multi-employer  pension plans under various union
agreements to which the Company is a party.  Contributions,  based on wages paid
to covered employees, were approximately  $1,725,000,  $1,576,000 and $1,650,000
for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996. These  contributions  were
for approximately 1,364 employees  including food and beverage  employees,  room
department employees, carpenters, engineers, stage hands, electricians, painters
and  teamsters.  The  Company's  share  of any  unfunded  liability  related  to
multi-employer plans, if any, is not determinable.

    The  Company  sponsors  a Profit  Sharing  and 401(k)  Plan  which  incurred
administrative  expenses of approximately  $67,000,  $59,000 and $34,000 for the
years ended 1994, 1995 and 1996.

    The profit sharing  component of the Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan provides
that  the  Company  will  make  a  contribution  equal  to 1% of  each  eligible
employee's annual  compensation if a prescribed annual operating earnings target
is attained and an  additional  1/10th of 1% thereof for each  $200,000 by which
operating earnings is exceeded,  up to a maximum of 3% thereof.  The Company may
elect not to contribute to the Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan if it notifies its
employees  in January of the Profit  Sharing and 401(k)  Plan year.  An employee
will become vested in the Company's  contributions based on the employee's years
of service.  An employee  will  receive a year of vesting  service for each plan
year in which the employee completed 1,000 hours of service. Vesting credit will
be  allocated in 20%  increments  for each year of service  commencing  with the
attainment of two years of service.  An employee will be fully vested  following
the completion of six years of service.

    The 401(k)  component of the Profit  Sharing and 401(k) Plan  provides  that
each  eligible  employee  may  contribute  up to 15% of such  employee's  annual
compensation, and that the Company will contribute 1%

                                      F-17

<PAGE>


                          RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


of each employee's annual  compensation for each 4% of compensation  contributed
by the employee,  up to a maximum of 2%. All non-union  employees of the Company
will be  eligible  to  participate  in the Profit  Sharing and 401(k) Plan after
twelve consecutive months of service with the Company.

    ROC is a party  to  termination  fee  agreements  with  certain  significant
employees pursuant to which each such employee is entitled to receive one year's
salary and benefits if his or her employment  with ROC is terminated  within one
year  of a  change  of  control  of the  Company  or  ROC,  or  the  involuntary
termination of Mr. Westerman's employment. The estimated total amount that would
be payable under all such agreements is  approximately  $1.3 million in salaries
and $400,000 in benefits.

    ROC is a party to stay bonus agreements with certain  significant  employees
pursuant to which each such  employee  is entitled to receive one year's  salary
(less the  amount  of any  incentive  bonus  paid in 1997 for 1996) in the event
there is a change of control of the Company.  The agreements  expire on December
31,  1997.  The  estimated  total  amount  that would be payable  under all such
agreements is approximately $300,000.

11.  Stock Option Plans

    At a meeting held on July 27, 1993, the Company's Board of Directors adopted
a stock option plan (the "Stock Option Plan") providing for the issuance of both
non-qualified  and incentive  stock options (as defined in the Internal  Revenue
Code). This stock option plan was ratified by the Company's  shareholders at the
April 26, 1994 annual meeting. The number of shares available for purchase under
the  Stock  Option  Plan  as  adopted  was  120,000  (as  adjusted  pursuant  to
antidilution  provisions).  On November 16, 1995,  the  stockholders  approved a
four-for-one  stock  split,  increasing  the  number of  shares of Common  Stock
available  for  purchase  under the Stock  Option Plan to 480,000.  Options were
granted for 228,000 shares for 1993, 132,000 shares for 1994, none for 1995, and
110,000  for 1996,  leaving  a balance  available  for  future  grants of 10,000
shares.  No options  were  exercised  or  cancelled  in 1994,  1995 or 1996.  On
November  21, 1996 the Company  amended  the Stock  Option Plan to increase  the
number of shares  available  under the Stock Option Plan from 480,000  shares to
1,000,000  shares and granted options to purchase 300,000  additional  shares to
Mr.  Westerman,  each subject to  stockholder  approval at the annual meeting of
stockholders  scheduled in May 1997. Options vest 25% one year after the date of
grant and 25% each  subsequent  year.  The term of an option  can in no event be
exercisable  more than ten years (five years in the case of an incentive  option
granted to a  shareholder  owning  more than 10% of the Common  Stock),  or such
shorter period,  if any, as may be necessary to comply with the  requirements of
state securities laws, from the date such option is granted.

    On March 5, 1996, the Board of Directors  adopted an employee stock purchase
plan (the "Stock Purchase Plan"),  which was approved by the stockholders on May
10, 1996. A total of 300,000  shares of common stock  (subject to adjustment for
capital  changes) in the aggregate may be granted under the Stock Purchase Plan.
The Stock Purchase Plan is administered by the  compensation  committee.  On May
31, 1996,  approximately 560 union and non-union  employees  participated in the
1996 employee stock purchase plan. Under the plan, 137,000 shares were issued at
a discount to  employees  at $11.26 for  $160,000  cash and the balance in notes
receivable of $1,383,000 which are payable over two years via payroll deduction.
During 1996, 17,600 shares were returned to the plan as the result of refunds to
the employees.

    On May 10, 1996, the shareholders approved a Nonqualified Stock Option Plan
for Non-Employee  Directors (the  "Nonqualified  Stock Option Plan") and a Stock
Compensation Plan for Directors serving

                                      F-18

<PAGE>


                          RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

on the Compensation  Committee (the "Stock Compensation Plan"). The total number
of shares  available  for  purchase  under each plan is 50,000.  Pursuant to the
Nonqualified  Stock Option Plan, two directors were granted  options to purchase
an  aggregate  of 4,000  shares in 1996 at an  exercise  price of $13.25.  As of
December 31, 1996,  3,103 shares were issued pursuant to the Stock  Compensation
Plan.

    The Company  has adopted the  disclosures-only  provision  of  Statement  of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.
Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for the Stock Option Plan.
The fair value of each option  grant is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model. Had compensation cost for the Stock Option
Plan been  determined  based on the fair  value at the date of grant for  awards
consistent  with the  provisions  of SFAS 123, the  Company's net income and pro
forma net  income  common  share and  common  share  equivalent  would have been
decreased to the pro forma amounts indicated below:


                                                  Years Ended December 31,
                                                  ------------------------
                                                    1995          1996
                                                    -----         ----
                                                    (in thousands, except
                                                       per share data)


Net income-as reported............................  $6,344       $8,440
Net income-pro forma..............................   6,289        8,380
Net income per common and common
  share equivalent-as reported....................   $1.26        $1.63
Net income per common and common share
  equivalent-pro forma............................   $1.25        $1.61



12.  Subsequent Event (unaudited)

    On March 4, 1997,  the  Company  entered  into a letter of intent with Eagle
Gaming, L.P. ("Eagle") to form a joint venture, Riviera Black Hawk, LLC ("RBL"),
to develop a casino (the  "Project") in the Black  Hawk/Central  City,  Colorado
gaming market for approximately $55 million, subject to satisfaction of a number
of  conditions.  The Company will manage the Project for a management  fee based
upon the gross  revenue and EBITDA of the Project.  The Company  will  initially
have an approximately  80% equity interest and Eagle an approximately 20% equity
interest in the joint venture.  Eagle has the option, prior to the Company being
licensed  by  the  Colorado  gaming  authorities,  to  acquire  up to  29.9%  of
additional  equity  interest  in the Project  from the Company at the  Company's
cost.  If  Project  costs  exceed  the  approximately  $55  million  preliminary
estimate,  the  Company  and Eagle will be  required  to bear  their  respective
pro-rata share of increased costs or their  respective  equity interests will be
adjusted.  In  addition,  the  Company  has  committed  to provide a  completion
guaranty for up to $5.0 million.



                                      F-19

<PAGE>

                              MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS MANAGEMENT  AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is dated as of _________,
1996 by and between Elsinore  Corporation,  a Nevada  corporation  ("Elsinore"),
Four Queens,  Inc., a Nevada  corporation  ("Four  Queens"  and,  together  with
Elsinore,  the  "Companies"),  and Riviera Gaming Management  Corp.-Elsinore,  a
Nevada corporation ("Manager").

                                              PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

                  A. Elsinore  owns and operates  through its  subsidiary,  Four
Queens,  a hotel and casino  commonly known as the Four Queens Hotel and Casino,
located at 202 Fremont Street, Las Vegas, Nevada.

                  B.       The Companies are party to those certain Chapter 11
bankruptcy  proceedings  pending in the United States  Bankruptcy  Court for the
District of Nevada (the  "Bankruptcy  Court") as Case No.  95-24685 RCJ and Case
No. 95-24687 RCJ respectively (the "Proceedings").

                  C.  Pursuant  to the  terms  and  conditions  of that  certain
Interim Management Agreement dated as of __________,  1996 between the Companies
and Manager (the "Interim  Management  Agreement")  the  Companies  have engaged
Manager to manage the  Project.  The term of the  Interim  Management  Agreement
expires on the Effective Date (as defined below).

                  D.  Pursuant to the terms and  conditions of the Joint Plan of
Reorganization  for the Debtors with respect to the  Proceedings  (the  "Plan"),
Manager  shall be engaged to manage the Project upon the  expiration of the term
of the Interim Management  Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions
of this Agreement.

         In   consideration  of  the  foregoing  and  other  good  and  valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and
intending to be legally  bound,  the parties to this  Agreement  hereby agree as
follows:

                             ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS

         The following defined terms are used in this Agreement:

         "Affiliate" shall mean a person that directly or indirectly, or through
one or more  intermediaries,  controls,  is  controlled  by, or is under  common
control with the person in question and any stockholder or partner of any person
referred to in the preceding clause owning 10% or more of such entity.


                                      - 1 -

<PAGE>



         "Audit Day" is defined in Section 3.6(a).

         "Audited Statements" is defined in Section 3.6(a).

         "Business Days" shall mean all weekdays except those that are official
holidays  of the  State of Nevada or the U.S.  Government.  Unless  specifically
stated as "Business Days," a reference to "days" means calendar days.

         "Capital Budget" is defined in Section 3.9.

         "Casino"  shall mean those areas  reserved  for the  operation  of slot
machines,  table  games and any other  legal  forms of  gaming  permitted  under
applicable   law,  and  such  additional   ancillary   service  areas  including
reservations and admissions,  cage, vault, count room, surveillance room and any
other room or area or activities therein regulated or taxed by the Nevada Gaming
Authorities by reason of gaming operations.

         "Casino Bankroll" shall mean an amount reasonably determined by Manager
as funding required to bankroll the Casino Gaming Activities but in no case less
than the amount required by Nevada gaming law or Nevada Gaming  Authorities.  In
no event  shall such  Casino  Bankroll  include  any amount  necessary  to cover
Operating Expenses or Operating Capital. Casino Bankroll shall include the funds
located on the casino tables,  in the gaming  devices,  cages,  vault,  counting
rooms, or in any other location in the Casino where funds may be found and funds
in a bank account identified by the Companies for any additional amount required
by Nevada  gaming law or Nevada  Gaming  Authorities  or such other amount as is
reasonably determined by Manager and the Companies.

         "Casino  Gaming  Activities"  shall mean the Casino cage,  table games,
slot machines,  video machines,  and other forms of gaming managed by Manager in
the Casino.

         "Casino  Operating  Expenses"  shall  mean  expenses  incurred  in  the
management  of the  Casino,  including,  but not limited  to,  gaming  supplies,
maintenance  of  the  Casino  area,   gaming  marketing   materials,   uniforms,
complimentaries,  Casino employee  training,  Casino employee  compensation  and
entitlements, and Gaming Taxes.

         "Companies' Advances" is defined in Section 3.11.

         "Confirmation Date" is defined in Recital C.

         "Default" or "Event of Default" is defined in Section 6.1.

         "EBITDA" shall mean revenues  derived from the operation of Four Queens
less all costs of operating Four Queens (including,  without limitation, any and
all costs  associated  with the Fremont  Street  Experience and the Minimum Fee)
except for (i)  bankruptcy  restructuring  costs,  (ii) Elsinore D&O  insurance,
(iii)  Elsinore  director and officer  compensation,  (iv)  expenses  related to
Elsinore debt (including Trustee Fees), (v) any other



                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>



Elsinore expense over which Manager has no control and (vi) the Performance Fee,
all before (a)  interest  on  indebtedness,  (b) all taxes on income  other than
Gaming  Taxes,  (c)  depreciation  of tangible  assets and (d)  amortization  of
goodwill and other  intangible  assets,  all as  determined  by the  independent
certified  public  accountant  of the  Companies in  accordance  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  applied on a consistent  basis  (after  giving
effect to "fresh start" accounting), subject, however, to the dispute provisions
of Section 3.6(b).

         "Effective  Date"  shall mean the date the Plan  becomes  effective  as
defined in the Plan.

         "Extended Term" is defined in Section 2.3.

         "Extension Option" is defined in Section 2.3.

         "Fiscal  Year" shall mean the 12-month  period  starting with the first
full  quarter  beginning  immediately  following  the  Effective  Date  and each
12-month period thereafter.

         "Gaming  Taxes"  shall  mean  any  tax  imposed  by the  Nevada  Gaming
Authorities on Gross Gaming Revenues.

         "Governmental  Authorities"  shall mean the United States, the State of
Nevada  and any court or  political  subdivision  agency,  commission,  board or
instrumentality or officer thereof,  whether federal,  state or local, having or
exercising  jurisdiction over the Companies,  Manager or the Project,  including
the Casino.

         "Gross  Gaming  Revenues"  shall  mean  all of  the  revenue  from  the
operation of the Casino (which is taxed by the Nevada Gaming  Authorities)  from
all business  conducted  upon,  related to or from the Casino in accordance with
generally accepted accounting  principles and shall include,  but not be limited
to, the net win from gaming  activities,  which is the difference between gaming
wins  and  losses  before   deducting  Gaming  Taxes,  and  plus  or  minus,  as
appropriate,  deposits  made in respect of  progressive  slot machines and other
similar games.

         "Gross  Revenues"  shall mean  Gross  Gaming  Revenues,  plus all other
revenues resulting from the operation of the Project, minus all Gaming Taxes.

         "Management Fee" shall mean the Minimum Fee and the Performance Fee,
if any.

         "Minimum Fee" is defined in Section 4.1.

         "Monthly Financial Statements" is defined in Section 3.7.

         "Nevada Gaming  Authorities"  shall mean the Nevada Gaming  Commission,
State Gaming Control Board and all other gaming  regulatory  bodies,  including,
but not limited to,


                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>



any municipality,  political  subdivision,  board,  commission,  agency or other
public body now in  existence  or  hereafter  created to regulate  gaming in the
State of Nevada.

         "Olympia" means the Seven Cedars Casino located in Sequim, Washington.

         "Operating Bank Accounts" is defined in Section 3.10.

         "Operating Budget" is defined in Section 3.9.

         "Operating  Capital"  shall  mean  such  amount in the  Operating  Bank
Accounts as will be reasonably  sufficient  to assure the timely  payment of all
current  liabilities  of the Project,  including  the  operations of the Casino,
during  the  term of this  Agreement,  and to  permit  Manager  to  perform  its
management  responsibilities and obligations hereunder, with reasonable reserves
for  unanticipated  contingencies  and  for  short  term  business  fluctuations
resulting from monthly variations from the Operating Budget.

         "Operating  Expenses" shall mean actual expenses incurred following the
Effective  Date  in  operating  the  Project,  including  the  Casino  Operating
Expenses,   employee   compensation  and   entitlements,   Operating   Supplies,
maintenance costs, fuel costs, utilities, taxes and the Minimum Fee.

         "Operating  Supplies"  shall  mean  gaming  supplies,  paper  supplies,
cleaning materials, marketing materials,  maintenance supplies, uniforms and all
other materials used in the operation of the Project.

         "Palm Springs" means the Spotlight 29 Casino located in Palm Springs,
California.

         "Performance Fee" shall mean the annual amount payable to Manager which
equals 25% of any  increase in EBITDA in any Fiscal Year of the Term or Extended
Term over $8 million.

         "Performance Fee Statement" is defined in Section 3.6(a).

         "Project"  shall  mean the Four  Queens  Hotel and Casino in Las Vegas,
Nevada and all necessary ancillary facilities to the Project, including, but not
limited  to,  vehicular   parking  area,   entertainment   facilities,   hotels,
restaurants,  waiting  areas,  restrooms,  administrative  offices  for, but not
limited  to,  accounting,   purchasing,   and  management  information  services
(including offices for Manager management personnel) and other areas utilized in
support of the operations of the Project.

         "Projected EBITDA" shall mean the EBITDA for the first two Fiscal Years
of the Term and is deemed to be $8 million for each such year.

         "Selected Arbitrator" is defined in Section 9.1.



                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>





         "Term" is defined in Section 2.2.

             ARTICLE II: ENGAGEMENT OF MANAGER AND TERM OF AGREEMENT

         Section 2.1  Engagement  of Manager.  The  Companies  hereby engage and
employ Manager to act as their  exclusive  agent for the supervision and control
of the  management  of the  business  and  affairs of the Project and to provide
certain  services to the Companies as detailed in Section 3.3 of this  Agreement
in connection  with the Project,  and Manager hereby accepts such engagement and
employment,  on the terms and  conditions  hereinafter  set forth.  In addition,
Manager may  provide  consulting  services  to  Elsinore  from time to time with
respect to non-Project  related issues and Manager agrees to provide  consulting
services upon terms mutually acceptable to Manager and the Companies.

         Section 2.2 Term. Manager shall manage the Project from the period (the
"Term")  commencing  on the  Effective  Date and  ending 60 days after the third
Fiscal Year's audited results are available, subject to termination prior to the
end of  such  period  as  hereinafter  specified  or  extension  as  hereinafter
provided.  Either Manager or Elsinore may terminate this Agreement upon 120 days
notice after the second Fiscal Year's audited  results are  available,  provided
that  cumulative  EBITDA for the first two Fiscal  Years is less than 80% of the
cumulative Projected EBITDA. In the event that Elsinore elects to terminate this
Agreement  at the end of the  second  Fiscal  Year  because  the 80%  cumulative
Projected  EBITDA target was not met, Manager will have 60 days after receipt of
notice of Elsinore's election to so terminate in which to exercise its Warrants.
If Manager does not exercise its  Warrants,  or exercises  only a portion of its
Warrants,  then  any  Warrants  remaining  unexercised  at the end of the 60 day
period will be automatically cancelled.

         Section  2.3 Option to Extend  Term.  The Term may be  extended  at the
option  (the  "Extension  Option")  of  Manager  (the  "Extended  Term")  for an
additional term of two years,  provided that  cumulative  EBITDA for the Term is
80% or more of the  cumulative  Projected  EBITDA.  Manager  shall give  written
notice of its  exercise of an  Extension  Option no later than 120 days prior to
the expiration of the Term, on the  assumption  that  cumulative  EBITDA for the
Term will be 80% or more of the cumulative Projected EBITDA.

                  ARTICLE III: RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTIES.

         Section 3.1  Standards.  With  respect to the  operation of the Project
pursuant to this  Agreement,  Manager shall manage and maintain the Project in a
manner  reasonably  consistent  with the  average of  standards  and  procedures
exercised  by  other   casino/hotel   operators  in  the   management  of  other
casino/hotels  of the same or similar type, class and quality as the Project and
located in Las Vegas, Nevada.

         Section 3.2  No Interference; Board Representation.  In order for
Manager to meet its  responsibilities  under Section 3.1 of this  Agreement in a
professional  manner, and to comply with any legal requirements and the terms of
this Agreement, the Companies hereby

                                      - 5 -

<PAGE>



agree that (i) Manager shall have  uninterrupted  control of and  responsibility
for the operation of the Project  during the Term of this Agreement and (ii) the
Companies  will not  interfere or be involved  with the operation of the Project
and that  Manager  may  operate the  Project  free of  molestation,  eviction or
disturbance  by the Companies or any third party  claiming by,  through or under
the Companies,  provided that Manager shall not engage in any  transaction  with
any of its affiliates  relating to the Project in excess of $10,000  without the
prior written approval of the Elsinore Board of Directors.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  during normal business hours and upon reasonable  notice to Manager,
the Companies'  directors and Elsinore's major  stockholder and their agents may
visit the  Project and may ask the Manager  and the  companies'  officers  about
various aspects of the Companies'  business,  operations and financial  results.
Examples  of the  matters  which  Manager  shall  determine  from  time  to time
hereunder  include,  but are not limited to, room rates,  food and beverage menu
prices,  charges  to guests  for other  services  performed  by  Manager  at the
Project, for rooms, gaming, commercial purposes and entertainment, entertainment
policies  and  specific  entertainment  obligations,  the labor  policies of the
Project and the type and character of publicity and promotion.  Manager  agrees,
however,  that it will  in good  faith  use its  best  efforts  to  perform  its
obligations and discharge its  responsibilities  in the control and operation of
the Project in and for the purpose of  maximizing  profits from the operation of
the Project. Nothing contained in this Section 3.2 shall prohibit the Companies'
Boards of Directors  from  exercising  their  fiduciary  duties if Manager shall
default in its obligations under this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.2 and such
default shall continue after any required notice and/or cure period.

         Section 3.3  Services.  Manager covenants and agrees to perform, or
cause to be performed, the following services in connection with the Project:

                  (a) Permits. Manager, on behalf of and with the cooperation of
         the Companies,  shall oversee  obtaining and  maintaining all necessary
         licenses,  findings of suitability,  approvals and permits  required by
         any law, rule or regulation of the Nevada Gaming Authorities, as may be
         required for the operation of the Project as a casino/hotel  including,
         without limitation,  gaming, liquor, bar, restaurant, signage and hotel
         licenses and any permits  required in connection with any  refurbishing
         or  expansion  of the  Project.  Manager  shall  comply with the rules,
         regulations  and orders of the Nevada Gaming  Authorities  and with any
         conditions  set out in any such licenses and permits issued by any such
         authorities  and, with the cooperation of the Companies,  shall provide
         any information, report or access to records reasonably required by the
         Nevada Gaming Authorities.

                  (b)  Personnel.  Manager shall maintain such level of staffing
         as shall be required to carry out its duties hereunder. If the Board of
         Directors  of  Elsinore  determines  that  Manger  is not  meeting  its
         staffing  requirements,  then  Manager and  Elsinore  will meet in good
         faith to resolve any staffing  issues.  If such dispute is not resolved
         within two weeks,  and either Manager or Elsinore  determines that such
         dispute cannot be resolved within a reasonable  time, then such dispute
         shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to Article IX.


                                      - 6 -

<PAGE>




                  (i)  Except  as  otherwise   expressly  provided  herein,  all
         personnel  employed at the Project  shall be  employees of Four Queens.
         Manager shall hire, terminate,  advance, demote, supervise,  direct the
         work of and determine the  compensation  and other benefits (except for
         the establishment of any new employee pension and profit-sharing plans,
         which  shall be  determined  by  Manager  and shall be  subject  to the
         approval of the Board of Directors of Elsinore in its sole and absolute
         discretion,   it  being   understood  that  any  employee  pension  and
         profit-sharing  plans in  existence  as of the date  hereof  have  been
         approved  by the  Board of  Directors  of  Elsinore)  of all  personnel
         working at the Project,  and Elsinore  shall not interfere with or give
         orders or instructions to personnel employed at the Project;  provided,
         however, that Manager will not enter into any employment contracts with
         any employees that exceed the duration of the Term or the Extended Term
         of this  Agreement,  as the  case  may  be,  or any  material  employee
         contracts  or  benefit   arrangements   (i.e.,  any  such  contract  or
         arrangement  involving  an annual  compensation  (including  salary and
         bonuses) of more than $125,000),  unless first approved by the Board of
         Directors  of  Elsinore  which  approval  shall  not  be   unreasonably
         withheld.   Manager  agrees  that  employees'  wages  or  benefits  and
         conditions  of  employment  (inclusive  of any  discretionary  employee
         bonuses  granted  from time to time by  Manager)  shall be  granted  by
         Manager in a manner  consistent  with the existing  standards  therefor
         currently  employed at the Project.  The parties  hereto agree that all
         wages,   bonuses,   compensation  and  benefits   (including,   without
         limitation,  severance and termination pay) of personnel at the Project
         are the exclusive obligation of Four Queens.

                  (ii)  All  wages,   salaries,   benefits,   compensation   and
         entitlements of the Project  employees,  including the General Manager,
         the consultants and independent  contractors  approved by the Companies
         and Manager, shall be paid from the Operating Bank Accounts by Manager.
         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Manager shall not be liable to any of
         the  Companies'  personnel for wages,  compensation  or other  employee
         benefit  including  without   limitation  to  health  care,   insurance
         benefits, worker's compensation, severance or termination pay.

                  (iii)  Manager  shall be  responsible  for the training of all
         personnel and shall cooperate with all personnel in an effort to obtain
         and  maintain  all  required  licenses  issued  by  the  Nevada  Gaming
         Authorities,  and will hire only persons with valid employee  licenses,
         if under the rules and  regulations  of the Nevada Gaming  Authorities,
         such employee licenses are a condition of employment.

                  (iv)  The   employees   necessary   to   discharge   Manager's
         obligations  and  responsibilities  hereunder  shall  be  employees  of
         Manager (or its Affiliates) and shall be hired,  paid and discharged by
         Manager  in its sole and  absolute  discretion.  Manager  shall in good
         faith  determine  the  number  of  employees   necessary  to  discharge
         Manager's obligations and responsibilities  hereunder, the salaries and
         other  compensation   arrangements  of  such  employees  shall  be  the
         responsibility  of  Manager  and  Manager  shall  not have any right of
         reimbursement from the Companies in respect thereof.



                                      - 7 -

<PAGE>




                  (v) The Companies may employ such corporate  executives,  each
         of whom shall be licensable  if required by Nevada Gaming  Authorities,
         as they may choose,  provided  that none of the  salaries,  bonuses and
         benefits  for such  executives  or costs or expenses of the  Companies'
         Boards of Directors shall be a cost of operation of the Project for the
         purposes of determining EBITDA.

         Section 3.4 Sales and Promotions.  Manager shall formulate,  coordinate
and  implement  promotion,  marketing  and sales  programs,  and shall cause the
Project to participate  in  promotional,  marketing and sales  campaigns and, as
appropriate,  activities involving complimentary rooms and food and beverages to
bona fide travel agents, tourist officials and airlines representatives,  and to
all other  individuals  and entities  whatsoever  which, in the exercise of good
management practice, is deemed to be beneficial to the Project.

         The Companies  agree that no  unreasonable  influence  shall be brought
upon Manager relating to the granting or extension of credit or complimentaries.
Credit  facilities shall be granted by Manager in its reasonable  discretion and
in accordance  with good  management  practices and Manager's and its Affiliates
standard procedures;  provided that except for extending credit for the purchase
of goods,  services,  gaming  or  entertainment  at the  Project  and  except as
otherwise permitted herein, Manager shall not be authorized to make any loans or
extensions  of  credit  for or on  behalf  of the  Companies  without  the prior
approval of the Board of Directors of Elsinore.

         Section 3.5 Books and Records.  Manager shall maintain,  or cause to be
maintained,  a complete  accounting system for and on behalf of the Companies in
connection with Manager's management of the Project. The books and records shall
be kept in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied and in accordance  with the uniform system of accounts for hotels.  Such
books  and  records  shall  be kept on the  basis of a Fiscal  Year.  Books  and
accounts  shall be  maintained  at the  Project  or at the  principal  office of
Manager with a duplicate copy thereof at the Project.  The Companies  shall have
the right and  privilege  of  examining  and  copying  said  books and  records,
including all daily reports prepared by Manager for internal use at the Project,
during regular business hours.  Manager shall comply with all requirements  with
respect to internal  controls and  accounting  and shall prepare and provide all
required   reports  under  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Nevada  Gaming
Authorities.

         Section 3.6  Audits.

                  (a)  Manager  shall  engage  Arthur  Andersen  LLP,  unless  a
         different  mutually  agreed  upon  auditor  is  substituted   ("Regular
         Auditor"),  to  audit  the  operations  of the  Companies,  (i) for the
         purpose  of  calculating   the  Performance   Fee   ("Performance   Fee
         Statements") and (ii) as of and at the end of each year occurring after
         the date hereof (the  "Audited  Statements").  A  sufficient  number of
         copies of the  Performance  Fee Statements  and the Audited  Statements
         shall be furnished to the Companies and Manager as soon as available to
         permit the Companies and



                                      - 8 -

<PAGE>



         Manager to meet any public reporting  requirements as may be applicable
         to them,  but in no event later than ninety (90) days following the end
         of such fiscal period (such 90th day to be the "Audit  Day").  Any cost
         of such statements shall be deemed an Operating Expense.

                  (b)  Nothing  herein  contained  shall  prevent  either  party
         ("Initiator")  from  designating an additional  independent  nationally
         recognized  accounting  firm  ("Special  Auditor") to review one of the
         Performance  Fee  Statements or Audited  Statements at the  Initiator's
         expense (which shall not be an Operating Expense).  In the event of any
         dispute  between the Regular  Auditor and the Special Auditor as to any
         item  subject to audit,  the Regular  Auditor  and the Special  Auditor
         shall  select a third  nationally  recognized  accounting  firm ("Third
         Auditor") whose resolution on the non-prevailing  party of such dispute
         to pay the fees and  expenses of the Special  Auditor or Third  Auditor
         shall bind the parties.  The fees of the Third Auditor shall be paid by
         either the  Companies  or  Manager,  based upon which of them the Third
         Auditor designates as the  non-prevailing  party, and the Third Auditor
         may also, in its sole discretion, impose the costs of the Special Audit
         on the non-prevailing party.

                  (c) If no Special Auditor shall have been designated within 60
         days after the delivery of a  Performance  Fee  Statement or an Audited
         Statement, the same shall be final and binding upon the parties to this
         Agreement for all purposes.

         Section 3.7 Monthly and Quarterly  Financial  Statements.  On or before
the 20th  day of each  month,  Manager  shall  prepare  an  unaudited  operating
statement  for the preceding  calendar  month  detailing the Gross  Revenues and
expenses   incurred  in  the  Project's   operation   (the  "Monthly   Financial
Statements").  The  Monthly  Financial  Statements  shall  include  a  statement
detailing drop figure  accounts on all Gross Gaming  Revenues.  On or before the
45th day after the end of each  quarter,  Manager  shall  prepare  an  unaudited
report for the preceding  quarter  detailing the  capitalized  expenditures  and
marketing expenses incurred in the Project's operation.

         Section  3.8  Expenses.  All  costs,  expenses,  funding  or  operating
deficits and  Operating  Capital,  real  property and personal  property  taxes,
insurance  premiums  and  other  liabilities  incurred  due  to the  gaming  and
nongaming  operations of the Project  shall be the sole and exclusive  financial
responsibility  of  the  Companies.  It is  understood  that  statements  herein
indicating  that the  Companies  shall  furnish,  provide or  otherwise  supply,
present or contribute  items or services  hereunder  shall not be interpreted or
construed to mean that Manager is liable or  responsible to fund or pay for such
items if the Companies do not.

         Section 3.9 Annual  Budgets.  Manager  shall  prepare and submit to the
Companies'  Boards of  Directors  at least 60 days  before  the start of the new
Fiscal Year for their approval a capital  budget for the  expenditure of capital
improvements  ("Capital  Budget").  To the extent practical,  a reserve shall be
established for this purpose. The parties agree that any "material"  expenditure
not contemplated by the Capital Budget shall require the consent of both Manager
and the Companies. For the foregoing purposes, "material" shall

                                      - 9 -

<PAGE>



mean  $20,000  in the  case of any such  individual  item  and an  aggregate  of
$250,000 in the case of all such items. Manager shall also prepare and submit to
the Companies'  Boards of Directors at least 60 days before the start of the new
Fiscal Year for their approval an operating budget projecting revenues, expenses
and EBITDA for the next Fiscal Year ("Operating Budget"). Manager shall have the
responsibility  to manage the Project in accordance  with the  Operating  Budget
except for expenses  necessitated by circumstances  beyond Manager's  reasonable
control.  Any dispute as to the Capital Budget or the Operating  Budget shall be
resolved by arbitration pursuant to Article IX.

         Section 3.10  Operating Bank Accounts.

                  (a) Manager shall  establish  bank accounts that are necessary
         for the  operation of the Project,  including an account for the Casino
         Bankroll,  at various  banking  institutions  chosen by  Manager  (such
         accounts are  hereinafter  collectively  referred to as the  "Operating
         Bank  Accounts").  The Operating Bank Accounts shall be named in such a
         manner as to identify the Project and  particular  uses for the account
         as the Companies and Manager may  determine.  All  instructions  to and
         checks drawn on the  Operating  Bank  Accounts  shall be signed only by
         representatives of the Companies or Manager who are covered by fidelity
         insurance and designated the Companies or Manager  personnel may be the
         only authorizing  signing persons on checks drawn on the Operating Bank
         Accounts. All checks shall be drawn only in accordance with established
         normal and customary accounting policies and procedures.  The Operating
         Bank Accounts shall be interest  bearing  accounts if such accounts are
         reasonably  available and all interest thereon shall be credited to the
         Operating Bank Accounts.  All Gross Revenues  (excluding noncash items)
         shall be deposited in the Operating  Bank  Accounts,  and Manager shall
         pay out of the  Operating  Bank  Accounts,  to the  extent of the funds
         therein,  from time to time,  all Operating  Expenses and other amounts
         required by Manager to perform its  obligations  under this  Agreement.
         All funds in the  Operating  Bank  Accounts  shall be separate from any
         other  funds  of  any  of  Manager's   Affiliates  and  the  Companies'
         Affiliates  and neither the Companies  nor Manager may  commingle  such
         funds in the  Operating  Bank Accounts with the funds of any other bank
         accounts.

                  (b)  Manager  agrees that it will not use any  Operating  Bank
         Accounts as compensating balances related to the extension of credit to
         Manager  or grant any right of  set-off  or  bankers'  lien on any such
         accounts   in  respect  of  any   amounts   owed  by  Manager  to  such
         depositories. Manager shall seek to obtain reasonable rates of interest
         for the  Operating  Bank  Accounts,  with due  regard to the  financial
         stability of and services offered by the  depositories  with which such
         accounts are kept. The parties to this  Agreement  agree that all funds
         held from time to time in the  Operating  Bank  Accounts are solely the
         property of Four Queens,  and upon the  expiration or  Termination  (as
         defined below) of this Agreement for any reason, Manager shall cease to
         withdraw  funds from all  Operating  Bank  Accounts and shall take such
         steps  as shall be  necessary  to (1)  remove  Manager's  designees  as
         signatories to the Operating Bank Accounts and (2) authorize Elsinore's
         designees


                                     - 10 -

<PAGE>



         to become the sole  signatories to the Operating  Bank  Accounts.  This
         provision shall survive  Termination.  It is understood and agreed that
         Manager may maintain  petty cash funds at the Project and make payments
         therefrom  as  the  same  are  customarily  made  in  the  casino/hotel
         business.

                  (c)  The  Companies   shall  have  the  right  to  fund  their
         obligations under the Plan by withdrawals from Operating Bank Accounts.
         The Companies'  ability to make other  withdrawals  from Operating Bank
         Accounts shall be consistent with their funding  obligations under this
         Agreement and in accordance with  established  accounting  policies and
         procedures.

                  Section 3.11      Payment of Expenses.

                  (a) Manager  shall pay from the Gross  Revenues the  following
         items  in the  order of  priority  listed  below,  on or  before  their
         applicable  due  date:  (i)  required   payments  to  the  Governmental
         Authorities,  including federal, state or local payroll taxes ("Payroll
         Taxes"),  (ii) Operating Expenses,  including taxes (other than Payroll
         Taxes) and the  Management  Fee, and (iii)  emergency  expenditures  to
         correct  a  condition  of an  emergency  nature,  including  structural
         repairs,  which require  immediate  repairs to preserve and protect the
         Project.  In the event that funds are not  available for payment of the
         Operating Expenses in their entirety,  all Payroll Taxes or withholding
         taxes shall be paid first from the available funds.

                  (b)  During  the  Term  of this  Agreement,  within  five  (5)
         Business  Days after  receipt  of  written  notice  from  Manager,  the
         Companies shall fund the Operating Bank Accounts  designated by Manager
         (the  "Companies'  Advances")  in such a  fashion  so as to  adequately
         insure that the Operating  Capital set forth in the Operating Budget as
         revised  is  sufficient  to support  the  uninterrupted  and  efficient
         ongoing  operation  of  the  Project.   The  written  request  for  any
         additional  Operating  Capital  shall be  submitted  by  Manager to the
         Companies on a monthly  basis based on the interim  statements  and the
         Operating Budget, as revised.

         Section 3.12  Cooperation  of the Companies and Manager.  The Companies
and  Manager  shall  cooperate  fully  with each  other  during the Term and the
Extended  Term,  if any, of this  Agreement to  facilitate  the  performance  by
Manager  of  Manager's  obligations  and  responsibilities  set  forth  in  this
Agreement.

         Section 3.13  Financing Matters.

                  (a) In no event  may  either  party  represent  that the other
         party or any Affiliate of such party is or in any way may be liable for
         the  obligations  of such party in  connection  with (i) any  financing
         agreement,   or  (ii)  any  public  or  private  offering  or  sale  of
         securities.  If the Companies, or any Affiliate of the Companies shall,
         at any  time,  sell or  offer  to sell  any  securities  issued  by the
         Companies or any Affiliate of the  Companies  through the medium of any
         prospectus or otherwise and which

                                     - 11 -

<PAGE>



         relates  to the  Project  or its  operation,  it  shall  do so  only in
         compliance with all applicable  laws, and shall clearly disclose to all
         purchasers  and  offerees  that  (i)  neither  Manager  nor  any of its
         Affiliates,  officers,  directors, agents or employees shall in any way
         be deemed to be an issuer or underwriter of such  securities,  and (ii)
         Manager and its Affiliates,  officers,  directors, agents and employees
         have not  assumed  and shall not have any  liability  arising out of or
         related  to the  sale or offer of such  securities,  including  without
         limitation,   any  liability  or   responsibility   for  any  financial
         statements,   projections  or  other   information   contained  in  any
         prospectus or similar written or oral communication. Manager shall have
         the right to approve any description of Manager or its  Affiliates,  or
         any  description of this  Agreement or of the  Companies'  relationship
         with Manager  hereunder,  which may be contained in any  prospectus  or
         other  communications  (unless  such  information  is  furnished to the
         Companies by Manager in writing),  and the  Companies  agree to furnish
         copies of all such  materials  to Manager  for such  purposes  within a
         reasonable  time  prior  to the  delivery  thereof  to any  prospective
         purchaser or offeree. The Companies agree to indemnify,  defend or hold
         Manager and its Affiliates,  officers, directors, agents and employees,
         free and harmless from any and all liabilities,  costs, damages, claims
         or expenses  arising out of or related to the breach of the  Companies'
         obligations  under this  Section  3.13.  Manager  agrees to  reasonably
         cooperate with the Companies in the  preparation of such agreements and
         offerings.

                  (b)  Notwithstanding   the  above  restrictions,   subject  to
         Manager's right of review set forth in this Section 3.13, the Companies
         may  represent  that the  Project is managed by Manager and Manager may
         represent  that it manages the Project and both may  describe the terms
         of this  Agreement and the physical  characteristics  of the Project in
         regulatory filings and public or private offerings.  Moreover,  nothing
         in this Section shall  preclude the  disclosure  of (i) already  public
         information, or (ii) audited or unaudited financial statements from the
         Project   required  by  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  or  (iii)  any
         information or documents  required to be disclosed to or filed with the
         Governmental Authorities.  Both parties shall use their best efforts to
         consult with the other  concerning  disclosures as to the Project.  The
         Companies  and Manager  shall  cooperate  with each other in  providing
         financial  information  concerning  the Project and Manager that may be
         required by any lender or required by any Governmental Authority.

         Section 3.14 Taxes and  Insurance.  Throughout the Term or the Extended
Term, the Companies  shall furnish Manager with copies of all tax statements and
insurance policies and all financing  documents  (including notes and mortgages)
relating to the Companies.  Manager shall cause all federal and state income and
sales tax returns of the  Companies  to be  prepared  and shall  cooperate  with
taxing authorities in connection with any inquiries or audits that relate to the
Companies.  Manager will also assist the Companies in procuring and  maintaining
liability,  property  and such  other  insurance  in at least such  amounts  and
covering such risks as is currently maintained with respect to the Companies and
in such  additional  amounts and  covering  such  additional  risks,  if any, as
Manager and Elsinore  determine is necessary in connection with the operation of
the Companies, with responsible

                                     - 12 -

<PAGE>



and reputable insurance  companies or associations.  All such insurance policies
shall name Manager as an  additional  insured and all insurers  thereon shall be
required to issue to Manager a  certificate  of  insurance  providing  that such
insurer shall deliver to Manager  reasonable  prior notice of termination of any
such policy or the coverage  provided thereby and, if and to the extent the same
shall be available without adversely affecting Four Queens' coverage and without
additional  premiums or charges,  waiving the rights of such insurer, if any, of
subrogation  against  Manager.  Without  in any  way  diminishing  Four  Queens'
responsibility hereunder,  Manager is hereby authorized and directed to pay from
the  Operating  Bank Accounts all taxes and insurance  fees  including,  without
limitation,  withholding  taxes and insurance  premiums,  and all other items of
expense relating to the ownership or operation of the Companies.

         Section 3.15  Concessions.  Manager shall  consummate,  if in Manager's
reasonable  discretion  it  deems  the same to be in the  best  interest  of the
Project,  in the  name  of and  for  the  benefit  of  Four  Queens,  reasonable
arms-length arrangements and leases with concessionaires, licensees, tenants and
other  intended users of any  facilities  related to the Project.  Copies of all
such arrangements shall be furnished to Elsinore.

         Section 3.16 Material Assessments. Manager, as exclusive agent for Four
Queens, is authorized to make and enter into any agreements (including,  without
limitation,  agreement  with  Manager's  Affiliates,  provided  such  agreements
represent the equivalent of reasonable  arms,  length  negotiations)  as are, in
Manager's  opinion,  necessary  or  desirable  for  the  operation,  supply  and
maintenance  of the Project,  as required by this  Agreement.  Manager  shall be
required  to obtain the prior  written  approval  of the Board of  Directors  of
Elsinore  which  approval  shall be in the absolute  discretion of such Board of
Directors  before  entering into any agreement not  contemplated by the approved
Annual  Budget.  Manager  shall  not  enter  into any  agreement  involving  the
incurrence of debt obligations on behalf of either or both of the Companies,  or
for Manager's own account,  with respect to the operations of the Project,  over
any amounts therefor set forth in the approved Annual Budget.

         Section  3.17  Trademarks.  Manager  (i)  acknowledges  the  Companies'
exclusive rights in and to the trademarks,  service marks, trade names and other
such  intellectually  property utilized by the Companies in the operation of the
Project  (the "Four  Queens  Marks") and (ii) agrees not to do any act that will
impair or affect the strength of the Four Queens  Marks,  the  continuity of the
registration  of the Four Queens  Marks,  the  Companies'  ownership of the Four
Queens  Marks or the goodwill  associated  with the Four Queens  Marks.  Manager
agrees to render  whatever  assistance  Elsinore may  reasonably  require in the
procurement  and  maintenance of  registrations  of the Four Queens Marks in the
United States Patent and Trademark Office and in other jurisdictions.


                                     - 13 -

<PAGE>





                      ARTICLE IV: MANAGEMENT FEE; WARRANTS

         Section 4.1  Payments to Manager.

                  (a)  Manager  shall  be  paid a  minimum  fee at the  rate  of
         $1,000,000  per annum (the  "Minimum  Fee") payable in advance in equal
         monthly  installments  of  $83,333.33  on the first  day of each  month
         during the Term and the Extended Term, if any.

                  (b)  Promptly,  and in no event  later than 90 days  following
         receipt of audited financial statements after the end of a Fiscal Year,
         Manager  shall  be paid  the  Performance  Fee,  if any.  Although  the
         Effective  Date  will  occur   approximately   two  months  later,  the
         Performance  Fee for 1997 will be calculated for the period  commencing
         January 1, 1997.

         Section 4.2 Interest on Overdue Amounts;  Collection  Costs. If for any
reason the Management Fee (both the Minimum Fee or Performance Fee) or any other
amount due to Manager under this  Agreement is not paid on a timely basis,  such
amount  shall  bear  interest  at the rate of 12% per annum  until paid in full.
Manager  shall also be entitled to  reimbursement  for the costs of  collection,
including  counsel  fees and  disbursements,  with  respect to amounts due to it
under this Agreement but which are unpaid.

         Section  4.3 Bonus.  Four  Queens or  Elsinore  will have the option to
terminate this  Agreement on 90 days prior written  notice if (i)  substantially
all of the  assets of the Four  Queens are sold,  (ii) Four  Queens is merged or
consolidated  with another company,  or (iii) the current  shareholders  sell at
least the  majority of the shares of Four Queens or Elsinore  during the term of
this Agreement.  If this Agreement is so terminated before the expiration of the
Term or the  Extended  Term,  if  applicable,  then  Manager will be entitled to
receive  $2  million  in cash,  minus any amount  realized  or  realizable  upon
exercise of the Warrants.

         Section 4.4  Warrants.  Elsinore  hereby  grants  Manager  warrants (in
customary form in the reasonable opinion of counsel to Manager) (the "Warrants")
on the terms  summarized  below,  which summary is qualified by reference to the
Warrant Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A:

                  (a)      Number of Shares Purchased:  20% of the issued and
         outstanding equity capital (on a fully diluted basis) of Elsinore on
         the Effective Date.

                  (b)      Duration:  Co-extensive with the Term and Extended
         Term of this Agreement (i.e. five years but only if Extension Option
         is exercised).

                  (c)      Exercise Price:  The greater of (i) book value per
         share on the Effective Date after the additional cash from the rights
         offering (as defined in the


                                     - 14 -

<PAGE>



         Plan) or (ii) the "Rights  Offering Net Per Share"  resulting from such
         rights  offering.  Rights  Offering Net Per Share shall mean $5 million
         divided by the number of shares of Elsinore  outstanding  after  giving
         effect to the rights offering and exercise of the Warrants.

                  (d)   Anti-Dilution   Adjustment:   In  addition  to  standard
         adjustment for stock splits,  stock  dividends,  recapitalizations  and
         similar  events,  the Exercise Price would be reduced and the number of
         Warrants  would increase by a formula if (i) shares of common stock are
         sold at less than current market value,  unless the Company  obtains an
         opinion from an  investment  banker that such sale at less than current
         market value was  necessary as a result of the quantity of common stock
         being sold,  or (ii)  warrant  options or  convertible  securities  are
         issued with an exercise or  conversion  price less than current  market
         value (other than issuances to full-time employees of Elsinore involved
         in the  operation  of the Project of shares of common stock and options
         or  warrants  to purchase  up to an  aggregate  of 10% of the  Elsinore
         issued and outstanding common stock as of the Effective Date).

                  (e)      Registration Rights:  Manager will have the right to
          become a party (with the identical rights as the Elsinore bondholders)
          to the Registration Rights Agreement among the Elsinore bondholders
          and Elsinore.

                    ARTICLE V: REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         Section  5.1  Manager  represents  and  warrants  to the  Companies  as
follows:

                  (a)  Companies'  Organization.  Manager is a corporation  duly
         organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
         State of Nevada and has the full corporate power and authority to enter
         into and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

                  (b)  Authorization of Agreement.  The execution,  delivery and
         performance of this Agreement has been duly  authorized and approved by
         all  necessary  corporate  action  on the  part of  Manager,  and  this
         Agreement   has  been  duly  executed  and  delivered  by  Manager  and
         constitutes  the  legal,  valid  and  binding  obligation  of  Manager,
         enforceable  against Manager in accordance  with its terms,  subject to
         applicable    bankruptcy,     insolvency,     fraudulent    conveyance,
         reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors' rights
         and remedies generally and subject,  as to  enforceability,  to general
         principles of equity.  The execution,  delivery and performance of this
         Agreement by Manager does not and will not conflict  with any law, rule
         or regulation of the Nevada Gaming Authorities.

                  (c)  Litigation.  There  are  no  judicial  or  administrative
         actions,  proceedings  or  investigations  pending  or,  to the best of
         Manager's  knowledge,  threatened  against  Manager  that  question the
         validity  of this  Agreement  or any  action  taken  or to be  taken by
         Manager in connection with this Agreement and that, if adversely


                                     - 15 -

<PAGE>



         determined, would have a material adverse effect upon Manager's ability
         to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

                  (d)  Consents  and  Approvals.   With  the  exception  of  the
         requisite approvals of the Nevada Gaming Authorities, no authorization,
         consent, approval,  license, finding of suitability,  exemption from or
         filing  or  registration  with any  court or  governmental  department,
         commission,  board,  bureau,  agency or  instrumentality,  domestic  or
         foreign, is or will be necessary as a condition to the valid execution,
         delivery or performance by Manager of this  Agreement,  other than such
         authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, findings of suitability,
         exemptions,  filings or  registrations as have been obtained and are in
         full force and effect.

         Section 5.2 The Companies represent and warrant to Manager as follows:

                  (a) Companies'  Organization.  The Companies are  corporations
         duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
         the State of Nevada and have the full corporate  power and authority to
         enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

                  (b)  Authorization of Agreement.  The execution,  delivery and
         performance of this Agreement and the Plan has been duly authorized and
         approved  by  all  necessary  corporate  action  on  the  part  of  the
         Companies,  and this  Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by
         the Companies and constitutes the legal,  valid and binding  obligation
         of them, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject
         to   applicable   bankruptcy,    insolvency,   fraudulent   conveyance,
         reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors' rights
         and remedies generally and subject,  as to  enforceability,  to general
         principles of equity.  The execution,  delivery and performance of this
         Agreement by the Companies does not and will not conflict with any law,
         rule or regulation of the Nevada Gaming Authorities.

                  (c)  Consents  and  Approvals.   With  the  exception  of  the
         requisite approvals of the Nevada Gaming Authorities, no authorization,
         consent, approval,  license, finding of suitability,  exemption from or
         filing  or  registration  with any  court or  governmental  department,
         commission,  board,  bureau,  agency or  instrumentality,  domestic  or
         foreign, is or will be necessary as a condition to the valid execution,
         delivery or performance by the Companies of this Agreement,  other than
         such  authorizations,   consents,  approvals,   licenses,  findings  of
         suitability, exemptions, filings or registrations as have been obtained
         and are in full force and effect.

                  (d)      No Joint Venture.  It is expressly understood and
         agreed that Manager is being employed by the Companies as an
         independent contractor to provide, or cause to be provided, supervisory
         management and consulting services in respect of the Project and not
         as a partner or joint venturer of the Companies or either or them.  All
         purchases and acquisitions of every kind and character by Manager on


                                     - 16 -

<PAGE>



         behalf of the  Companies  shall be  property of the  Companies  and all
         debts and  liabilities  incurred  by  Manager  within  the scope of the
         authority  granted  and  permitted  hereunder  in  the  course  of  its
         management and operation of the Project shall be debts and  liabilities
         of the Companies only, and Manager shall not be liable therefor for its
         own account, except as specifically stated to the contrary herein.

                               ARTICLE VI. DEFAULT

         Section 6.1 Definition. The occurrence of any one or more of the events
described  in the  Sections  6.2,  6.3, 6.4 or 6.5 which is not cured within the
time  permitted,  shall  constitute a default under this Agreement  (hereinafter
referred to as a "Default" or an "Event of Default") as to the party  failing in
the performance or effecting the breaching act.

         Section 6.2 Manager's Defaults. If Manager shall (a) fail to perform or
materially  comply with any of the  covenants,  agreements,  terms or conditions
contained  in this  Agreement  applicable  to  Manager  and such  failure  shall
continue for a period of thirty (30) days after written  notice thereof from the
Companies to Manager specifying in detail the nature of such failure, or, in the
case such  failure is of a nature that it cannot,  with due  diligence  and good
faith,  be cured within thirty (30) days,  if Manager fails to proceed  promptly
and with all due diligence and in good faith to cure the same and  thereafter to
prosecute the curing of such failure to completion with all due diligence within
ninety  (90)  days  thereafter,  or (b) take or fail to take any  action  to the
extent required of Manager by the Nevada Gaming Authorities unless Manager cures
such default or breach prior to the expiration of applicable  notice,  grace and
cure periods, if any, provided,  however, that Manager shall only be required to
cure any defaults with respect to which Manager has a duty hereunder.

         Section 6.3 The Companies'  Default. If the Companies shall (a) fail to
make any monetary  payment  required under this  Agreement,  including,  but not
limited to, the  Companies'  Advances,  on or before the due date recited herein
and said failure  continues for five (5) Business Days after written notice from
Manager  specifying  such failure,  or (b) fail to perform or materially  comply
with any of the other covenants,  agreements,  terms or conditions  contained in
this Agreement  applicable to the Companies  (other than monetary  payments) and
which  failure  shall  continue  for a period of thirty (30) days after  written
notice thereof from Manager to the Companies  specifying in detail the nature of
such failure,  or, in the case such failure is of a nature that it cannot,  with
due  diligence  and good faith,  cure within  thirty (30) days, if the Companies
fail to proceed  promptly and with all due  diligence  and in good faith to cure
the same and  thereafter  to prosecute  the curing of such failure to completion
with all due diligence within ninety (90) days thereafter.

         Section  6.4  Bankruptcy.  With  the  exception  of any  actions  taken
pursuant  to the  Proceedings,  if any party (a)  applies for or consents to the
appointment  of a  receiver,  trustee  or  liquidator  of  itself  or any of its
property,  (b) makes a general  assignment for the benefit of creditors,  (c) is
adjudicated  a bankrupt  or  insolvent,  or (d) files a  voluntary  petition  in
bankruptcy or a petition or an answer seeking  reorganization  or an arrangement
with

                                     - 17 -

<PAGE>



creditors,  takes  advantage  of  any  bankruptcy,  reorganization,  insolvency,
readjustment  of debt,  dissolution or  liquidation  law, or admits the material
allegations  of a petition  filed against it in any  proceedings  under any such
law.

         Section 6.5 Reorganization/Receiver.  With the exception of any actions
taken pursuant to the Proceedings, if an order, judgment or decree is entered by
any court of competent  jurisdiction approving a petition seeking reorganization
of Manager  or the  Companies,  as the case may be, or  appointing  a  receiver,
trustee or liquidator of Manager or the Companies, as the case may be, or of all
or a substantial  part of any of the assets of Manager or the Companies,  as the
case may be, and such order, judgment or decree continues unstayed and in effect
for a period of sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof.

         Section  6.6  Delays  and  Omissions.  No delay or  omission  as to the
exercise of any right or power  accruing  upon any Event of Default shall impair
the non-defaulting  party's exercise of any right or power or shall be construed
to be a waiver of any Event of Default or acquiescence therein.

         Section 6.7 Disputes in Arbitration.  Notwithstanding the provisions of
this Article VI, any  occurrence  which would  otherwise  constitute an Event of
Default  hereunder  shall not constitute an Event of Default for so long as such
dispute is in arbitration pursuant to the arbitration provisions of Article IX.

                            ARTICLE VII. TERMINATION

         Section 7.1 Termination Events. This Agreement may be terminated by the
non-defaulting  party upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and the lapsing
of the time to cure.

         Section 7.2 Notice of  Termination.  In the event of the occurrence and
continuation for the relevant cure period of an Event of Default, either Manager
or the Companies, as appropriate,  may terminate  ("Termination") this Agreement
by giving ten (10) days written  notice,  and the Term or the  Extended  Term of
this  Agreement  shall expire by limitation  at the  expiration of said last day
specified in the notice as if said date was the date herein originally fixed for
the expiration of the Term or the Extended Term hereof.

         Section 7.3  Payments  Upon  Termination.  The  Companies  shall pay to
Manager all accrued but unpaid  Management  Fees and expenses of Manager and any
other sum owed Manager pursuant to this Agreement.

         Section 7.4       Post Termination.  Upon a Termination:

                  (a) Manager  shall  promptly  deliver to  Elsinore  any books,
         records, instruments or other documentation relating to the Project and
         the Companies in Manager's possession or under Manager's control;


                                     - 18 -

<PAGE>




                  (b) Manager  and its  Affiliates  shall  release and waive all
         rights,  claims,  interests and relationships they may have to control,
         retain,  or  discharge  any matter of  management  with  respect to the
         Project,  or any other benefit  thereunder or in connection  therewith,
         except as  specified in Section 7.3 and for the  provisions  of Article
         VIII which shall survive Termination; and

                  (c) Manager shall peacefully  vacate and surrender  possession
         to Four Queens,  and shall fully  cooperate in the prompt and efficient
         transfer of the  management  of the Project from Manager to Four Queens
         or a person or entity designated by Four Queens. In connection with the
         foregoing,  Manager  shall  act in good  faith to avoid  any  breach or
         disruption  of any contract  involving  the Project or the lapse of any
         insurance policy covering or pertaining to the Project.

         Section 7.5 Transfer of Permits and Gaming  Licenses Upon  Termination.
To the fullest extent  permissible  under  applicable  law, upon  termination or
expiration of this Agreement, Manager shall cooperate in the transfer of any and
all permits,  licenses or similar authorizations issued by any governmental body
(including,  without limitation,  the Nevada Gaming Authorities) relating to the
operation or management of any or all of the Project to the new manager.

         Section  7.6  Option  to  Terminate.  Elsinore  will  have the right to
terminate  this  Agreement on 90 days prior  written  notice if (i) three months
after  William  L.  Westerman  has  given  notice  that he will  retire as Chief
Executive  Officer  ("CEO") of Riviera  Holdings  Corporation  or its subsidiary
Riviera  Gaming  Management,  a successor  acceptable  to Elsinore  has not been
appointed  or (ii)  three  months  after the death of William  L.  Westerman,  a
successor acceptable to Elsinore has not been appointed.

         If either Four Queens or Elsinore terminates this Agreement pursuant to
this Section 7.6 or Section 4.3, then any increase in the  Management Fee due to
the Performance Fee payable under Section 4.1 will be calculated as follows: the
Performance  Fee through the date of termination  will be 25% of the increase of
(i) EBITDA  through  the date of  termination  over (ii)  $666,666.67  times the
number of months elapsed in the Fiscal Year through the date of termination. The
Performance Fee will be paid to Manager promptly,  but in no event later than 90
days after the termination date.

                 ARTICLE VIII: EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION.

         Section 8.1  Exculpation.  Manager,  its  Affiliates  and each of their
respective  officers,  partners,  directors,  employees  and agents shall not be
liable to the  Companies or any person who has acquired an interest in either or
both of the  Companies,  for  any  losses  sustained  or  liabilities  incurred,
including monetary damages,  as a result of any act or omission of Manager,  its
Affiliates or any of their respective officers, partners,  directors,  employees
or agents,  if the  conduct of Manager or such other  person did not  constitute
actual fraud, gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct ("Manager Conduct
Standard").  The  negative  disposition  of any action,  suit or  proceeding  by
judgment, order,


                                     - 19 -

<PAGE>



settlement,  conviction or upon a plea of nolo  contendere,  or its  equivalent,
shall not, of itself,  create a presumption that Manager,  its Affiliates or any
of their respective officers, partners, directors,  employees or agents acted in
a manner contrary to the Manager  Conduct  Standard.  Nothing  contained in this
Agreement   shall   exculpate  or  limit   Manager's   liability   for  unlawful
misappropriation of the Companies' assets.

         Section 8.2       Indemnification.

                  (a) Subject to the provisions of Section  8.2(b)  hereof,  the
         Companies shall indemnify and hold harmless Manager, its Affiliates and
         any of their respective officers,  partners,  directors,  employees and
         agents (each individually,  an "Indemnitee"),  from and against any and
         all  losses,   claims,   damages,   liabilities,   expenses  (including
         reasonable legal fees and expenses),  judgments, fines, settlements and
         other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands,  actions, suits
         or proceedings,  civil, criminal,  administrative or investigative,  in
         which an Indemnitee may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a
         party or otherwise, which relates to, or arises out of, the performance
         of any duties and services for or on behalf of the  Companies  pursuant
         to the terms and  within  the scope of this  Agreement,  regardless  of
         whether the liability or expense  accrued at or relates to, in whole or
         in part,  any time before,  on or after the date  hereof.  The negative
         disposition  of any action,  suit or  proceeding  by  judgment,  order,
         settlement,  conviction  or  upon a plea  of  nolo  contendere,  or its
         equivalent,  shall  not,  of  itself,  create  a  presumption  that  an
         Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to the Manager Conduct Standard.

                  (b) An  Indemnitee  shall not be entitled  to  indemnification
         under this  Section 8.2 with  respect to any claim,  issue or matter in
         which it has been finally  adjudged in a nonappealable  order that such
         Indemnitee has breached the Manager Conduct Standard unless and only to
         the extent that the court in which such action was brought,  or another
         court of competent  jurisdiction,  determines  upon  application  that,
         despite  the  adjudication  of  liability,   in  view  of  all  of  the
         circumstances  of the case,  the  Indemnitee  is fairly and  reasonably
         entitled to  indemnification  for such  liabilities and expenses as the
         court may deem  proper.  In addition,  notwithstanding  anything to the
         contrary  contained in this Article VIII,  an  Indemnitee  shall not be
         entitled to  indemnification  under this  Section  8.2  against  losses
         sustained or  liabilities  incurred if such losses or  liabilities  are
         finally  determined by a court of competent  jurisdiction  to have been
         the direct result of the Manager Conduct Standard.

                  (c)  In  the  event  that  any  legal   proceedings  shall  be
         instituted  or any claim or demand  shall be  asserted by any person in
         respect  of which  payment  may be  sought by an  Indemnitee  under the
         provisions of this Section 8.2, the  Indemnitee  shall  promptly  cause
         written  notice of the  assertion  of any such  proceeding  or claim of
         which it has actual  knowledge to be forwarded to the  Companies.  Upon
         receipt of such notice,  the Companies  shall have the right,  at their
         option and expense,  to be represented by counsel of their choice,  and
         to  defend  against,  negotiate,  settle  or  otherwise  deal  with any
         proceeding, claim or demand which relates to any loss,

                                     - 20 -

<PAGE>



         liability,   damage  or  deficiency   indemnified   against  hereunder;
         provided,  however,  that no  settlement  shall be made  without  prior
         written  consent  of the  Indemnitee  which  shall not be  unreasonably
         withheld;  and provided further, that the Indemnitee may participate in
         any such proceeding with counsel of its choice and at its expense.  The
         Indemnitee and the Companies  agree to cooperate  fully with each other
         in connection  with the defense,  negotiation or settlement of any such
         legal proceeding, claim or demand.

                  After any final  judgment or award shall have been rendered by
         a  court,  arbitration  board or  administrative  agency  of  competent
         jurisdiction  and  the  expiration  of the  time  in  which  to  appeal
         therefrom,  or  a  settlement  shall  have  been  consummated,  or  the
         Indemnitee and the Companies  shall have arrived at a mutually  binding
         agreement  with  respect to each  separate  matter  indemnified  by the
         Companies  hereunder,  the  Indemnitee  shall  forward to the Companies
         notice of any sums due and owing by it pursuant to this  Agreement with
         respect to such matter and the  Companies  shall be required to pay all
         of the sums so owing to the Indemnitee in immediately  available funds,
         thirty (30) days after the date of such notice.

                  (d) The indemnification  provided by this Section 8.2 shall be
         in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee  may be entitled
         under  any  agreement,  bylaw  or vote of the  Board  of  Directors  of
         Elsinore  or  Four  Queens,  respectively,  or as a  matter  of  law or
         otherwise,  both as to action in the Indemnitee's  capacity as Manager,
         an  Affiliate  thereof or an officer,  partner,  director,  employee or
         agent of  Manager  or its  Affiliates  and as to  action  in any  other
         capacity, shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in
         such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,  successors,
         assigns and administrators of an Indemnitee.

                             ARTICLE IX: ARBITRATION

         Section 9.1 Appointment of Arbitrators.  All disputes arising out of or
connected  with the subject matter of this Agreement are to be referred first to
a committee  of four (4)  persons  who shall meet in an attempt to resolve  said
dispute or open issue. The committee shall consist of two (2) persons  appointed
by the  Companies  and two (2) persons  appointed  by Manager.  If an  agreement
cannot be reached to resolve the dispute by the  committee,  the dispute or open
issue will be resolved by binding arbitration.  Any award of the arbitrators may
be filed in a court of law as a final judgment.  Any such  arbitration  shall be
conducted  in Las Vegas,  Nevada in  accordance  with the rules and  regulations
adopted by the American Arbitration Association. Either party may serve upon the
other party a written  notice of the demand  dispute or appraisal to be resolved
pursuant to this  Article IX.  Within  thirty (30) days after the giving of such
notice,  each of the parties hereto shall nominate and appoint an arbitrator (or
appraiser,  as the case may be) and shall  notify the other  party in writing of
the name and address of the  arbitrator so chosen.  Upon the  appointment of the
two (2)  arbitrators as hereinabove  provided,  said two (2)  arbitrators  shall
forthwith,  within  fifteen  (15)  days  after  the  appointment  of the  second
arbitrator,  and before exchanging views as to the question at issue, appoint in
writing a third arbitrator who shall


                                     - 21 -

<PAGE>



be experienced  in the operation of a gaming casino (the "Selected  Arbitrator")
and give written notice of such  appointment to each of the parties  hereto.  In
the event that the two (2)  arbitrators  shall fail to appoint or agree upon the
Selected Arbitrator within said fifteen (15) day period, the Selected Arbitrator
shall be selected by the parties  themselves if they so agree upon such Selected
Arbitrator  within a further  period of ten (10) days. If a Selected  Arbitrator
shall not be  appointed  or agreed upon within the time  herein  provided,  then
either  party on behalf of both may request  such  appointment  by the  American
Arbitration  Association  (or  its  successor  or  similar  organization  if the
American  Arbitration  Association is no longer in existence).  Said arbitrators
shall be sworn  faithfully  and fairly to determine  the question at issue.  The
arbitrators shall afford to the Companies and Manager a hearing and the right to
submit  evidence,  with the privilege of  cross-examination,  on the question at
issue, and shall with all possible speed make their determination in writing and
shall give notice to the parties  hereto of such  determination.  The concurring
determination of any two (2) of said three (3) arbitrators shall be binding upon
the parties, or, in case no two (2) of the arbitrators shall render a concurring
determination,  then  the  determination  of the  Selected  Arbitrator  shall be
binding upon the parties hereto. Each party shall pay the fees of the arbitrator
appointed  by it,  and the fees of the  Selected  Arbitrator  shall  be  divided
equally between the Companies and Manager.

         Section 9.2 Inability to Act. In the event that an arbitrator appointed
as  aforesaid  shall  thereafter  die or become  unable or unwilling to act, his
successor  shall be appointed in the same manner provided in this Article IX for
the  appointment of the  arbitrator so dying or becoming  unable or unwilling to
act.

                               ARTICLE X: NOTICES

         Notice  given by a party under this  Agreement  shall be in writing and
shall be deemed duly given (i) when delivered by hand,  (ii) when three (3) days
have elapsed after its  transmittal  by registered  or certified  mail,  postage
prepaid,  return  receipt  requested,  or two (2) days  have  elapsed  after its
transmittal  by  nationally  recognized  air  courier  service;  or  (iii)  when
delivered by telephonic facsimile transmission (with a copy thereof so delivered
by hand,  mail or air courier if recipient does not  acknowledge  receipt of the
transmission).  Notices  shall be sent to the  addresses  set  forth  below,  or
another  as to which  that  party  has  given  notice,  in each case with a copy
provided in the same manner and at the same time to the persons shown below

                  if to Elsinore or Four Queens to:

                  202 Fremont Street
                  P.O. Box 370
                  Las Vegas, Nevada 89101
                  Attention:  President
                  Facsimile No:  (702) 387-5142

                  with a copy to:


                                     - 22 -

<PAGE>




                  Gordon & Silver, Ltd.
                  3800 Howard Hughes Parkway
                  14th Floor
                  Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
                  Attn:    Gerald M. Gordon, Esq.
                  Facsimile No:  (702) 369-2666

                  if to Manager to:

                  c/o William L. Westerman
                  2901 Las Vegas Boulevard South
                  Las Vegas, Nevada 89109-1935
                  Facsimile No:  (702) 794-9277

                  with a copy to:

                  Dechert, Price & Rhoads
                  477 Madison Avenue
                  New York, New York 10022
                  Attn:  Fredric J. Klink, Esq.
                  Facsimile No:  (212) 308-2041

         Any party may change the name and/or address by written notice given in
each instance to the other parties.

                            ARTICLE XI: MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 11.1 Nevada Gaming  Control Act and Nevada Gaming  Authorities.
Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  contained  in this  Agreement,  this
Agreement  shall be deemed to  include  all  provisions  required  by the Nevada
Gaming Control Act, as amended, and the regulations  promulgated thereunder (the
"Act"),  and  shall  be  conditioned  upon the  approval  of the  Nevada  Gaming
Authorities  as required  by the Act.  To the extent that any term or  provision
contained in this Agreement shall be  inconsistent  with the Act, the provisions
of the Act shall govern.  All  provisions of the Act, to the extent  required by
law to be included in this Agreement, are incorporated herein by reference as if
fully restated in this Agreement.

         Section  11.2 Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  contains  the entire
understanding  of the parties to this Agreement in respect of its subject matter
and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings  between the parties with
respect to such subject matter.

         Section 11.3      Amendment; Waiver.  This Agreement may not be
modified,  amended,  supplemented,  canceled  or  discharged,  except by written
instrument  executed  by all of the  parties  to this  Agreement.  No failure to
exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right,

                                     - 23 -

<PAGE>



power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any right,  power or privilege  hereunder preclude
the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  No waiver of any breach of
any  provision  shall be deemed to be a waiver of any  preceding  or  succeeding
breach of the same or any other provision,  nor shall any waiver be implied from
any course of dealing  between or among the  parties.  No  extension of time for
performance  of any  obligations  or other  acts  hereunder  or under  any other
agreement  shall be deemed to be an extension of the time for performance of any
other obligations or any other acts.

         Section 11.4    Binding Effect; Assignment; Combinations Involving
                         the Companies.

                  (a) The rights and  obligations of this  Agreement  shall bind
         and inure to the benefit of the  parties  (including  their  respective
         officers,  directors,  employees,  agents  and  Affiliates)  and  their
         respective heirs,  executors,  successors and assigns. No party to this
         Agreement  shall  have  the  right to  assign  this  Agreement  and its
         respective rights and obligations hereunder without the consent of each
         other party to this Agreement.

                  (b) If the termination option of Section 4.3 is not exercised,
         the Companies agree that during the Term or the Extended Term they will
         not enter into an  agreement  with a third party to sell  substantially
         all of the Project assets (as opposed to sale of equity  securities) to
         a third party unless,  as a condition to such combination (i) Manager's
         rights under this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and
         (ii) the third  party  shall  agree to  continue  to pay to Manager the
         Management  Fee. In the event of a  combination,  it shall use its best
         efforts to assert and protect, in good faith,  Manager's rights granted
         to Manager in this  Agreement  at all times during the  negotiation  of
         said combination.

         Section 11.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number
of  counterparts,  each of which shall be an original but all of which  together
shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         Section 11.6 Terminology.  The headings contained in this Agreement are
for  convenience  of reference only and are not to be given any legal effect and
shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

         Section  11.7  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be  construed in
accordance  with and governed for all purposes by the laws and public  policy of
the State of Nevada applicable to contracts  executed and to be wholly performed
within such State.

         Section 11.8 Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement,  or the
application of any such provision to any person or  circumstance,  is held to be
inconsistent  with any present or future law, ruling,  rule or regulation of any
court or  governmental  or regulatory  authority  having  jurisdiction  over the
subject matter of this Agreement,  such provision shall be deemed to be modified
to the minimum extent necessary to comply with such law, ruling,


                                     - 24 -

<PAGE>



rule or regulation,  and the remainder of this Agreement,  or the application of
such  provision to persons or  circumstances  other than those as to which it is
held inconsistent,  shall not be affected.  If any provision is determined to be
illegal, unenforceable, or void, which provision does not relate to any payments
made  hereunder  and the payments made  hereunder  shall not be affected by such
determination  and this  Agreement is capable of substantial  performance,  then
such void provision shall be deemed rescinded and each provision not so affected
shall be enforced to the extent permitted by law.

         Section 11.9 No Third Party Benefits. This Agreement is for the benefit
of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns. The
parties  neither intend to confer any benefit  hereunder on any person,  firm or
corporation  other than the parties hereto,  nor shall any such third party have
any rights hereunder.

         Section 11.10  Drafting  Ambiguities.  Each party to this Agreement and
its counsel have had an  opportunity  to review and revise this  Agreement.  The
normal  rule of  construction  to the  effect  that  any  ambiguities  are to be
resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the  interpretation
of this Agreement or of any amendments or exhibits to this Agreement.

         Section  11.11  Attorneys'  Fees.  Should  either  party  institute  an
arbitration,  action or proceeding to enforce any provisions hereof or for other
relief  due to an  alleged  breach  of any  provision  of  this  Agreement,  the
prevailing  party shall be entitled to receive from the other party all costs of
the action or proceeding and reasonable attorneys' fees.

         Section 11.12 Limitations on Responsibilities of Manager. Manager shall
use its best efforts to render the services  contemplated  by this  Agreement in
good faith to the Companies,  but notwithstanding anything to the contrary which
may be  expressed  or  implied  in this  Agreement,  Manager  hereby  explicitly
disclaims any and all warranties,  express or implied, including but not limited
to the  success or  profitability  of the  Project.  In the  performance  of the
services  contemplated  by this  Agreement,  Manager  shall not be liable to the
Companies  for any acts or  omissions  in  connection  therewith,  except  which
constitute a breach of the Manager Conduct  Standard and then only to the extent
of the Management  Fees actually  received by Manager,  provided that so long as
Elsinore is controlled by affiliates of John C. Waterfall,  Manager's  liability
for  breach  of  the  Manager  Conduct  Standard  shall  not be  limited  to the
Management Fees received by Manager.

         Section 11.13 No Violation.  Nothing  contained in this Agreement shall
entitle the Boards of Directors,  Manager or any other persons acting for any of
the Companies or Manager to exercise control over the operation of the Casino or
other  operations of the Project in a manner which would violate any  regulation
of the Nevada Gaming Authorities.



                                     - 25 -

<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Agreement to be duly executed by an authorized representative thereof, all as of
the day and year first above written.


ELSINORE:                                       FOUR QUEENS:

Elsinore Corporation, a Nevada                  Four Queens, Inc., a Nevada
  corporation                                     corporation


By: _____________________________               By: ___________________________
    Name:________________________                   Name:______________________
    Title:_______________________                   Title:_____________________




MANAGER:




By: _____________________________             
    Name:________________________             
    Title:_______________________             




                                     - 26 -

<PAGE>

                                                                      Exhibit A
                                                                      ---------

                           WARRANTS TO PURCHASE SHARES
                     OF COMMON STOCK OF ELSINORE CORPORATION

                              [number of warrants]

         This  Warrant  Certificate  certifies  that Riviera  Gaming  Management
Corporation - Elsinore (or registered  assigned (the "Holder"),  is the owner of
[number]  Warrants  (subject to  adjustment as provided  herein),  each of which
represents the right to subscribe for and purchase from Elsinore Corporation,  a
Nevada corporation (the "Company"), one share of the Common Stock, no par value,
of the  Company  (the  common  stock,  including  any stock into which it may be
changed, reclassified or converted, is herein referred to as the "Common Stock")
at the purchase price (the  "Exercise  Price") of [amount] per share (subject to
adjustment as provided herein).  This Warrant  Certificate  represents  Warrants
issued pursuant to a Management Agreement dated [date],  between the Company and
Riviera Gaming Management Corporation - Elsinore (the "Management Agreement").

         THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES  ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF
         HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
         AMENDED, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS, CONTAINED IN
         PARAGRAPHS 5 AND 6 HEREOF, WITH RESPECT TO THEIR TRANSFER.

         The Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate are subject to the
following provisions, terms and conditions:

         1.  Exercise of Warrants.  The Warrants may be exercised by the Holder,
in whole or in part  (but not as to a  fractional  share of  Common  Stock),  by
surrender of this Warrant  Certificate at the principal office of the Company at
[address] (or such other office or agency of the Company as may be designated by
notice in writing to the Holder at the address of such Holder  appearing  on the
books of the Company), with the appropriate form attached hereto duly exercised,
at any time within the period  beginning  on the date hereof and expiring at the
same time as the Term or Extended Term under the  Management  Agreement  expires
(the "Exercise Period") and by payment to the Company by certified check or bank
draft of the purchase price for such shares.  The Company agrees that the shares
of Common Stock so purchased  shall be and are deemed to be issued to the Holder
as the record  owner of such shares of Common  Stock as of the close of business
on the date on which the Warrant  Certificate  shall have been  surrendered  and
payment  made for such shares of Common  Stock.  Certificates  representing  the
shares of  Common  Stock so  purchased,  together  with any cash for  fractional
shares of Common  Stock paid  pursuant to Section 2E,  shall be delivered to the
Holder  promptly  and in no event  later than ten (10) days  after the  Warrants
shall have


<PAGE>



been so  exercised,  and,  unless  the  Warrants  have  expired,  a new  Warrant
Certificate  representing the number of Warrants  represented by the surrendered
Warrant  Certificate,  if any, that shall not have been exercised  shall also be
delivered to the Holder within such time.

         2.       Adjustments.  The Exercise Price and the number of shares of
Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of each  Warrant  shall be  subject  to
adjustment from time to time as follows:

                  (1) Stock  Dividends;  Stock  Splits;  Reverse  Stock  Splits;
                  Reclassifications.  In  case  the  Company  shall  (i)  pay  a
                  dividend with respect to its capital stock in shares of Common
                  Stock, (ii) subdivide its outstanding  shares of Common Stock,
                  (iii)  combine its  outstanding  shares of Common Stock into a
                  smaller  number of shares of any class of Common Stock or (iv)
                  issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of
                  the  Common  Stock  (including  any such  reclassification  in
                  connection  with a  merger,  consolidation  or other  business
                  combination   in  which   the   Company   is  the   continuing
                  corporation)  (any one of which actions is herein  referred to
                  as an  "Adjustment  Event"),  the  number  of shares of Common
                  Stock  purchasable  upon exercise of each Warrant  immediately
                  prior to the record  date for such  Adjustment  Event shall be
                  adjusted so that the Holder  shall  thereafter  be entitled to
                  receive  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  or  other
                  securities  of the Company (such other  securities  thereafter
                  enjoying  the  rights of shares of  Common  Stock  under  this
                  Warrant Certificate) that such Holder would have owned or have
                  been   entitled  to  receive   after  the  happening  of  such
                  Adjustment Event, had such Warrant been exercised  immediately
                  prior to the happening of such Adjustment  Event or any record
                  date with respect thereto. An adjustment made pursuant to this
                  Section  2A(I) shall become  effective  immediately  after the
                  effective  date of such  Adjustment  Event  retroactive to the
                  record date, if any, for such Adjustment Event.

                  (2)  Distributions  of  Subscription   Rights  or  Convertible
                  Securities.  In case the  Company  shall fix a record date for
                  the  making  of a  distribution  to all  holders  of shares of
                  Common Stock of rights,  options,  warrants or  convertible or
                  exchangeable  securities containing the right to subscribe for
                  or purchase shares of Common Stock  (excluding  those referred
                  to in Section  2A(S)  below),  then in each case the number of
                  shares of Common Stock purchasable after such record date upon
                  the  exercise  of  each  Warrant   shall  be   determined   by
                  multiplying  the number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable
                  upon the  exercise of each Warrant  immediately  prior to such
                  record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the
                  then Current  Market Value (as defined in Section 2A(3) below)
                  of one share of Common Stock on the record date for such

                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>



                  distribution  and the  denominator  of which shall be the then
                  Current  Market  Value  of one  share of  Common  Stock on the
                  record date for such distribution less the then fair value (as
                  determined by the independent  Financial Expert (as defined in
                  Section 2A(3) below), of such subscription rights,  options or
                  warrants,  or of such  convertible or exchangeable  securities
                  distributed  with  respect to one such share of Common  Stock.
                  Such adjustment  shall be made whenever any such  distribution
                  is made and shall become effective on the date of distribution
                  retroactive  to the  record  date  for  the  determination  of
                  stockholders entitled to receive such distribution.

                  (3) Current Market Value.  For the purpose of any  computation
                  under this Section 2, the Current Market Value of one share of
                  Common  Stock or of any other  security  (herein  collectively
                  referred  to as a  "security")  at the date  herein  specified
                  shall be (1) if the  Company  does not have a class of  equity
                  securities  registered  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of
                  1934  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  the value of the  security  (a)
                  determined  in  good  faith  in the  most  recently  completed
                  armslength  transaction  between the Company and a third party
                  who  is  not  an  affiliate  of  the  Company  in  which  such
                  determination  is necessary and the closing of which occurs on
                  such  date or  shall  have  occurred  within  the  six  months
                  preceding  such date,  provided that the Board of Directors of
                  the Company shall in good faith  determine that any such value
                  represents a reasonable  estimate of the fair value of a share
                  of Common  Stock as of such date,  (b) if no such  transaction
                  shall  have  occurred  on such date or within  such  six-month
                  period,  most recently  determined as of a date within the six
                  months preceding such date by an Independent  Financial Expert
                  (in the  event  of  more  than  one  such  determination,  the
                  determination  for the later  date shall be used) or (c) if no
                  such determination  shall have been made within such six month
                  period, determined as of such date by an Independent Financial
                  Expert,  or (2) if the  Company  does  have a class of  equity
                  securities registered under the Exchange Act, deemed to be the
                  average of the daily  market  prices of the  security for five
                  trading  days  before  such date or, if the  Company has had a
                  class of equity  securities  registered under the Exchange Act
                  for less than five  trading  days before  such date,  then the
                  average of the daily market prices for all of the trading days
                  before such date for which daily market prices are  available.
                  For  purposes of this Section 2 an affiliate of a person shall
                  mean any other person that directly, or indirectly through one
                  or more intermediaries,  controls,  or is controlled by, or is
                  under common control with,  such person.  For purposes of this
                  definition,  control means the power to direct the  management
                  and  policies  of a person,  directly or  indirectly,  whether
                  through the  ownership  of voting  securities,  by contract or
                  otherwise.


                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>



                           The market price for each such business day shall be:
                  (A) in the case of a security listed or admitted to trading on
                  any securities  exchange,  the closing price,  regular way, on
                  such day, or if no sale takes  place on such day,  the average
                  of the  closing bid and asked  prices on such day,  (B) in the
                  case of a security  not then  listed or admitted to trading on
                  any securities exchange,  the last reported sale price on such
                  day, or if no sale takes place on such day, the average of the
                  closing  bid and asked  prices on such day,  as  reported by a
                  reputable  quotation source designated by the Company,  (C) in
                  the case of a security  not then listed or admitted to trading
                  on any security exchange and as to which no such reported sale
                  price or bid and asked  prices are  available,  the average of
                  the  reported  high bid and low asked  prices on such day,  as
                  reported by a reputable quotation services,  or a newspaper of
                  general  circulation  in the  Borough of  Manhattan,  City and
                  State of New York, customarily published on each business day,
                  designated  by the  Company,  or if there  shall be no bid and
                  asked  prices on such day, the average of the high bid and low
                  asked prices, as so reported, on the most recent day (not more
                  than five days prior to the date in question) for which prices
                  have been so  reported,  and (D) if there are no bid and asked
                  prices  reported  during  the five  days  prior to the date in
                  question,  the Current  Market Value of the security  shall be
                  determined  as if the  Company  did not have a class of equity
                  securities registered under the Exchange Act.

                           For purposes of this Section  2A(3),  an  Independent
                  Financial Expert shall mean a nationally recognized investment
                  banking  firm  (i)  which  does  not  (and  whose   directors,
                  officers,  employees and affiliates do not),  have a direct or
                  indirect  financial  interest in the  Company  (other than the
                  beneficial  ownership,  directly or  indirectly,  of less than
                  three  percent of the  outstanding  shares of capital stock of
                  the Company),  (ii) which has not been, and, at the time it is
                  called  upon  to  give  independent  financial  advise  to the
                  Company,  is not  (and  none  of  whose  directors,  officers,
                  employees or affiliates is) a promoter, director or officer of
                  the Company or any of its  affiliates or an  underwriter  with
                  respect to any of the Company's  securities,  (iii) which does
                  not provide any advise or opinions to the Company except as an
                  Independent  Financial  Expert  and  (iv)  which  is  mutually
                  agreeable  to the Company and the holders of a majority of the
                  Warrants.  If the Company and the holders of a majority of the
                  Warrants do not promptly agree as to the Independent Financial
                  Expert, each shall appoint one investment banking firm and the
                  two firms so appointed shall select the Independent  Financial
                  Expert to be employed by the Company. An Independent Financial
                  Expert may be  compensated  by the  Company  for  opinions  or
                  services it provides as an Independent  Financial  Expert.  In
                  making its determination of the value of the Common Stock, the
                  Independent  Financial  Expert shall use one or more valuation
                  methods that

                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>



                  the Independent  Financial  Expert,  in its best  professional
                  judgment,  determines  to  be  most  appropriate.   After  the
                  Independent  Financial Expert has made its determination,  the
                  Company  shall  cause  the  Independent  Financial  Expert  to
                  prepare a report (a "Value  Report")  stating  the  methods of
                  valuation considered or used and the value of the Common Stock
                  or other  security it values and  containing a statement as to
                  the  nature  and scope of the  examination  made.  Such  Value
                  Report shall  accompany any  Adjustment  Notice (as defined in
                  Section  2B) sent by the  Company  to the Holder  pursuant  to
                  Section 2B;  provided,  that the  adjustment  to the  Exercise
                  Price that is the subject of such  Adjustment  Notice requires
                  the services of an Independent Financial Expert.

                  (4)  Adjustment  of  Exercise  Price.  Whenever  the number of
                  shares of Common Stock  purchasable  upon the exercise of each
                  Warrant is adjusted  pursuant to Sections 2A(1) and 2A(2), the
                  Exercise  Price for each share of Common  Stock  payable  upon
                  exercise of each Warrant shall be adjusted by multiplying such
                  Exercise  Price  immediately  prior  to such  adjustment  by a
                  fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares
                  of Common Stock  purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant
                  immediately  prior to such adjustment,  and the denominator of
                  which  shall  be the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock so
                  purchasable immediately thereafter.

                  (5)  Issuance  of Common  Stock to  Stockholders  of Less Than
                  Current Market Value.  In the event that the Company sells and
                  issues [to a stockholder of the Company or to any  "affiliate"
                  of such  stockholder]  shares of any Common Stock,  or rights,
                  options,  warrants or convertible or  exchangeable  securities
                  containing  the right to subscribe  for or purchase  shares of
                  Common Stock [excluding (i) shares, rights, options,  warrants
                  or convertible or exchangeable securities issued in any of the
                  transactions described in Sections 2A(1) and 2A(2) above, (ii)
                  the  Warrants  and any shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon
                  exercise  thereof,  (iii)  shares  of  Common  Stock  or other
                  securities, or options or rights in respect thereof, issued to
                  full-time  employees of the Company or its subsidiaries in the
                  ordinary  course of  business  as  compensation  for  services
                  rendered or to be rendered or as part of an employee incentive
                  program  and (iv) shares of common  stock or other  securities
                  issued  upon  exercise,  conversion  or  exchange  of  rights,
                  options,  warrants or convertible or  exchangeable  securities
                  issued in any of the transactions  described in Sections 2A(1)
                  and 2A(2) above or in a  transaction  with respect to which no
                  adjustment  was  required  pursuant  to this  Section  2A (but
                  including shares, rights, options,  warrants or convertible or
                  exchangeable securities issued as consideration in any merger,
                  consolidation  or other business  combination)] at a price per
                  share of Common Stock (determined, in the case of such rights,
                  options,  warrants or convertible or exchangeable  securities,
                  by dividing (X) the total

                                      - 5 -

<PAGE>



                  amount  receivable by the Company in consideration of the sale
                  and issuance of such rights, options,  warrants or convertible
                  or exchangeable  securities  (which amount may be zero if such
                  rights,  options,  warrants  or  convertible  or  exchangeable
                  securities are issued without  consideration),  plus the total
                  consideration payable to the Company upon exercise, conversion
                  or  exchange  thereof,  by (Y) the  total  number of shares of
                  Common  Stock  covered by such rights,  opinions,  warrants or
                  convertible or exchangeable securities) that is lower than the
                  then  Current  Market Value per share of such Common Stock (as
                  determined by the Independent  Financial  Expert in accordance
                  with Section 2A(3) above) in effect  immediately prior to such
                  sale and issuance,  then the Exercise  Price shall be adjusted
                  (calculated  to the nearest  $0.01) so that it shall equal the
                  price  determined by multiplying  the Exercise Price in effect
                  immediately  prior  thereto by a fraction,  the  numerator  of
                  which  shall  be (i) an  amount  equal  to the  sum of (A) the
                  number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior
                  to such  sale and  issuance  plus (B) the  number of shares of
                  Common  Stock  which  the  aggregate   consideration  received
                  (determined as provided below) for such sale or issuance would
                  purchase  at such  Current  Market  Value per  share,  and the
                  denominator  of which shall be (ii) the total number of shares
                  of Common Stock  outstanding  (determined  as provided  below)
                  immediately  after  such sale and  issuance.  Such  adjustment
                  shall be made successively whenever such an issuance is made.

                           Upon the occurrence of a sale and issuance  described
                  in the  preceding  paragraph,  the  number of shares of Common
                  Stock  purchasable under the exercise of this Warrant shall be
                  that number  determined by multiplying the number of shares of
                  Common Stock issuable upon exercise  immediately prior to such
                  adjustment  by a  fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  is the
                  Exercise Price in effect  immediately prior to such adjustment
                  and the  denominator  of  which  is the  Exercise  Price as so
                  adjusted.

                           For the purposes of such  adjustments,  the shares of
                  Common  Stock  which the holder of any such  rights,  options,
                  warrants or convertible or  exchangeable  securities  shall be
                  entitled to  subscribe  for or purchase  shall be deemed to be
                  issued  and  outstanding  as of the  date  of  such  sale  and
                  issuance  and  the  consideration   received  by  the  Company
                  therefor shall be deemed to be the  consideration  received by
                  the Company for such rights, options,  warrants or convertible
                  or exchangeable securities (which consideration may be zero if
                  such rights, options,  warrants or convertible or exchangeable
                  securities  are  issued  without   consideration),   plus  the
                  consideration  or  premiums  stated in such  rights,  options,
                  warrants or convertible or exchangeable  securities to be paid
                  for the shares of any Common Stock  covered  thereby.  In case
                  the Company shall sell and issue,  in a  transaction  to which
                  this paragraph 2A(5) applies, shares of Common

                                      - 6 -

<PAGE>



                  Stock  or  rights,   options,   warrants  or   convertible  or
                  exchangeable  securities containing the right to subscribe for
                  or  purchase  shares  of  Common  Stock,   for   consideration
                  consisting,  in whole or in part, of property  other than cash
                  or its  equivalent,  then  determining the "price per share of
                  Common Stock" and the "consideration  received by the Company"
                  for purposes of the first sentence of this Section 2A(5),  the
                  Board of Directors  of the Company  shall  determine,  in good
                  faith,  the fair value of the  rights,  options,  warrants  or
                  convertible or exchangeable securities then being sold as part
                  of such unit.  There shall be no  adjustment  of the  Exercise
                  Price  pursuant  to this  Section  2A(5) if the amount of such
                  adjustment shall be less than $0.01 per share of Common Stock;
                  provided,  however,  that any  adjustments  which by reason of
                  this  provision  are not  required to be made shall be carried
                  forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.

                  (6) Expiration of Rights  Options and  Conversion  Privileges.
                  Upon the  expiration  without  being  exercised of any rights,
                  options,  warrants or  conversion or exchange  privileges  for
                  which an  adjustment  has been made  pursuant to this Warrant,
                  the  Exercise  Price and the number of shares of Common  Stock
                  purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant shall, upon such
                  expiration,  be  readjusted  and  shall  thereafter,  upon any
                  future exercise, be such as they would have been had they been
                  originally  adjusted  (or had the original  adjustment  not be
                  required,  as the case may be) as if (A) the  only  shares  of
                  Common  Stock so issued were the shares of such Common  Stock,
                  if any,  actually  issued  or sold upon the  exercise  of such
                  rights, options, warrants or conversion or exchange rights and
                  (B) such shares of Common  Stock,  if any, were issued or sold
                  for the  consideration  actually  received by the Company upon
                  such  exercise  plus  the  consideration,   if  any,  actually
                  received  by the Company  for  issuance,  sale or grant of all
                  such  rights,  options,  warrants  or  conversion  or exchange
                  rights  whether  or not  exercised;  provided,  that  no  such
                  readjustment  shall have the effect of increasing the Exercise
                  Price  by an  amount,  or  decreasing  the  number  of  shares
                  purchasable  upon  exercise  of each  Warrant by a number,  in
                  excess of the  amount or  number of the  adjustment  initially
                  made in respect to the issuance, sale or grant of such rights,
                  options, warrants or conversion or exchange rights.

                  (7) De  Minimis  Adjustments.  Except as  provided  in Section
                  2A(5) with reference to  adjustments  required by such Section
                  2A(5),  no  adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock
                  purchasable hereunder shall be required unless such adjustment
                  would  require an increase or decease of at least 1.0% percent
                  in the number of shares of Common  Stock  purchasable  upon an
                  exercise  of  each  Warrant;   provided,   however,  that  any
                  adjustments  which by  reason  of this  Section  2A(7) are not
                  required to be made shall be

                                      - 7 -

<PAGE>



                  carried  forward  and taken  into  account  in any  subsequent
                  adjustment. All calculations shall be made to the nearest full
                  share.

                  (8) Duty to Make Fair  Adjustments  in Certain  Cases.  If any
                  event  occurs  as to  which  in the  opinion  of the  Board of
                  Directors  the other  provisions  of this  Section  2A are not
                  strictly applicable or if strictly applicable would not fairly
                  protect the purchase rights of the Warrants in accordance with
                  the essential intent and principles of such  provisions,  then
                  the  Board  of  Directors  shall  make  an  adjustment  in the
                  application  of  such  provisions,  in  accordance  with  such
                  essential  intent  and  principles,  so  as  to  protect  such
                  purchase rights as aforesaid.

                  (9) Adjustment for Asset  Distributions.  If the Company shall
                  fix a record  date for the  making  of a  distribution  to all
                  holders of shares of Common Stock of evidence of  indebtedness
                  of the  Company or other  assets  (other  than  ordinary  cash
                  dividends  not in  excess  of  the  retained  earnings  of the
                  Company  determined by the  application of generally  accepted
                  accounting principles), then the Exercise Price for each share
                  of Common Stock payable upon exercise of each Warrant shall be
                  reduced  by  the  then  fair  value  (as   determined  by  the
                  Independent  Financial  Expert (as  defined  in Section  2A(3)
                  above)) of the  indebtedness  or other assets  distributed  in
                  respect  of one  such  share.  Such  adjustment  shall be made
                  whenever  any  such  distribution  is made  and  shall  become
                  effective  on the  date  of  distribution  retroactive  to the
                  record date for the determination of stockholders  entitled to
                  receive such distribution.

                  A.  Notice of  Adjustment.  Whenever  the  number of shares of
Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant or the Exercise Price
is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall promptly notify the Holder in
writing (such writing referred to as an "Adjustment  Notice") of such adjustment
or  adjustments  and shall  deliver to such  Holder a  certificate  of a firm of
independent public accountants selected by the Board of Directors of the Company
(who  may  be  the  regular  accountants  employed  by  the  Company)  or of the
Independent  Financial  Expert,  if any, which makes a determination  of Current
Market Value with  respect to any such  adjustment  setting  forth the number of
shares of Common  Stock  purchasable  upon the  exercise of each Warrant and the
Exercise  Price after such  adjustment,  setting forth a brief  statement of the
facts  requiring such adjustment and setting forth the computation by which such
adjustment was made.

                  B.       Statement on Warrant Certificates.  The form of this
Warrant  Certificate  need not be changed  because of any change in the Exercise
Price or in the  number or kind of shares  purchasable  upon the  exercise  of a
Warrant and any Warrant Exercise Price and the same number and kind of shares as
are stated in this Warrant Certificate.  However, the Company may at the time in
its sole discretion make any

                                      - 8 -

<PAGE>



change in the form of the Warrant  Certificate  that it may deem appropriate and
that  does  not  affect  the  substance  thereof  and  any  Warrant  Certificate
thereafter  issued,  whether in exchange  or  substitution  for any  outstanding
Warrant Certificate or otherwise, may be in the form so changed.

                  C. Notice to Holder of Record Date,  Dissolution,  Liquidation
or Winding  Up. The  Company  shall  cause to be mailed  (by first  class  mail,
postage  prepaid)  to the  Holder of such of the record  date for any  dividend,
distribution  or payment,  in cash or in kind  (including,  without  limitation,
evidence of indebtedness and assets),  with respect to shares of Common Stock at
least 20 calendar  days before any such date. In case at any time after the date
hereof,  there shall be a voluntary or involuntary  dissolution,  liquidation or
winding up of the Company,  then the Company  shall cause to be mailed (by first
class mail,  postage prepaid) to the Holder at such Holder's address as shown on
the books of the Company,  at the earliest  practicable time (and, in any event,
not less than 20  calendar  days  before  any date set for  definitive  action),
notice of the date on which such  dissolution,  liquidation  or winding up shall
take place, as the case may be. The notices referred to above shall also specify
the date as of which the  holders  of the  shares  of Common  Stock of record or
other  securities  underlying  the  Warrants  shall be entitled to receive  such
dividend,  ties,  money  or the  property  deliverable  upon  such  dissolution,
liquidation or winding up, as the case may be (the  "Entitlement  Date"). In the
case of a  distribution  of evidence of  indebtedness  or assets  (other than in
dissolution,  liquidation  or winding up) which has the effect of  reducing  the
Exercise Price to zero or less pursuant to Section  2A(9),  if the Holder elects
to exercise the Warrants in accordance with Section I and become a holder of the
Common Stock on the Entitlement  Date, the Holder shall  thereafter  receive the
evidence of  indebtedness  or assets  distributed in respect of shares of Common
Stock. In the case of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company,
the Holder shall  receive on the  Entitlement  Date the cash or other  property,
less the Exercise Price for the Warrants then in effect,  that such Holder would
have been  entitled to receive had the Warrants been  exercisable  and exercised
immediately  prior  to such  dissolution,  liquidation  or  winding  up (or,  if
appropriate,  record date  therefor)  and any right of a Holder to exercise  the
Warrants shall terminate.

                  E. Fractional Interests.  The Company shall not be required to
issue fractional shares of Common Stock on the exercise of the Warrants. If more
than one Warrant shall be presented for exercise in full at the same time by the
same  holder,  the number of full shares of Common Stock which shall be issuable
upon such  exercise  shall be computed on the basis of the  aggregate  number of
whole  shares of  Common  Stock  purchasable  on  exercise  of the  Warrants  so
presented.  If any  fraction of a share of Common  Stock  would,  except for the
provisions  of this  Section 2E be issuable on the  exercise of the Warrants (or
specified  proportion  thereof),  the  Company  shall  pay  an  amount  in  cash
calculated  by it to be equal  to the then  fair  value of one  share of  Common
Stock,  as  determined  by the Board of  Directors of the company in good faith,
multiplied by such fraction computed to the nearest whole cent.

                                      - 9 -

<PAGE>




         3. Reservation and Authorization of Common Stock. The Company covenants
and  agrees  (A) that all shares of Common  Stock  which may be issued  upon the
exercise of the Warrants  represented  by this Warrant  Certificate  will,  upon
issuance,  be  validly  issued,  fully  paid and  nonassessable  and free of all
insurance  or  transfer  taxes,  liens and  charges  with  respect  to the issue
thereof, (b) that during the Exercise Period, the Company will at all times have
authorized,  and reserved for the purpose of issue or transfer  upon exercise of
the Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate,  sufficient shares of Common
Stock to provide for the  exercise of the Warrants  represented  by this Warrant
Certificate,  and (c) that the  Company  will  take  all such  action  as may be
necessary to ensure that the shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon the exercise
of the Warrants may be so issued  without  violation  of any  applicable  law or
regulation,  or any requirements of any domestic  securities exchange upon which
any capital stock of the Company may be listed, provided,  however, that nothing
contained  herein shall impose upon the Company any  obligation  to register the
warrants  evidenced  by this  Warrant  Certificate  or such  Common  Stock under
applicable  securities laws except as provided in the Investment  Agreement.  In
the event that any  securities  of the Company  other than the Common  Stock are
issuable upon  exercise of the  Warrants,  the Company will take or refrain from
taking any action  referred to in clauses  (A) through (c) of this  Section 3 as
though such clauses  applied,  mutatis  mutandis to such other  securities  then
issuable upon the exercise the Warrants.

         4. No Voting Rights.  This Warrant Certificate shall not entitle
the holder hereof to any voting  rights or other rights as a stockholder  of the
Company.

         5. Exercise or Transfer of Warrants or Common Stock. The Holder of this
Warrant  Certificate  agrees  to be bound  by the  provisions  contained  in the
Warrant  Purchase   Agreement  with  respect  to  the   limitations,   including
limitations  imposed  for  Securities  Act  compliance,  on the  transfer of the
Warrants  and the  shares  of Common  Stock or other  securities  issuable  upon
exercise of the Warrants.

         6. Warrants  Transferable.  Subject to the provision of Section 5, this
Warrant Certificate and the Warrants it evidences are transferrable, in whole or
in part,  without  charge to the Holder,  at the office or agency of the Company
referred  to in  Section  1, by the  Holder  in  person  or by  duly  authorized
attorney,  upon surrender of this Warrant  Certificate  properly endorsed.  Each
taker and Holder of this  Warrant  Certificate,  by taking or holding  the same,
consents and agrees that this Warrant Certificate, when endorsed in blank, shall
be deemed negotiable,  and that the Holder,  when this Warrant Certificate shall
have been so  endorsed,  may be treated  by the  Company  and all other  persons
dealing  with this  Warrant  Certificate  as the  absolute  owner hereof for any
purpose and as the person  entitled to exercise the rights  represented  by this
Warrant Certificate,  or to the transfer hereof on the books of the Company, any
notice to the contrary  notwithstanding;  but until such transfer on such books,
the  Company  may  treat  the  registered  holder  hereof  as the  owner for all
purposes.


                                     - 10 -

<PAGE>



         7.  Registration.  The Holder and certain successors of the Holder are
entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement,  a copy of which is
on file at the offices of the Company.

         8.  Closing of Books.  The Company  will at no time close its  transfer
books  against the  transfer of any Warrant or of any shares of Common  Stock or
other  securities  issuable upon the exercise of any Warrant in any manner which
interferes with the timely exercise of the Warrants.

         9. Warrants  Exchangeable,  Loss,  Theft.  This Warrant  Certificate is
exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof of any Holder at the office or agency of
the Company referred to in Section 1, for new Warrant Certificates of like tenor
representing in the aggregate the right to subscribe for and purchase the number
of shares of Common Stock which may be subscribed  for and purchased  hereunder,
each such new Warrant to  represent  the right to subscribe  and  purchase  such
number of shares of Common Stock as shall be designated by said holder hereof at
the time of such surrender. Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company
of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation, upon surrender or cancellation of
this  Warrant  Certificate,  the Company  will issue to the holder  hereof a new
Warrant  Certificate  of  like  tenor,  in lieu  of  this  Warrant  Certificate,
representing  the right to  subscribe  for and  purchase the number of shares of
Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder.

         10. Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.

                  A. Except as may  otherwise be provided in Section  2A(5),  if
the Company shall merge or consolidate with another  corporation,  the holder of
this Warrant shall  thereafter have the right,  upon exercise hereof and payment
of the Exercise  Price, to receive solely the kind and amount of shares of stock
(including, if applicable, Common Stock), other securities,  property or cash or
any combination thereof receivable by a holder of the number of shares of Common
Stock for which this Warrant might have been exercised immediately prior to such
merger or consolidation (assuming, if applicable, that the holder of such Common
Stock  failed to  exercise  its rights of  election,  if any,  as to the kind or
amount of shares of stock,  other  securities,  property or cash or  combination
thereof receivable upon such merger or consolidation).

                  B. In case of any  reclassification or change of the shares of
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant  (other than  elimination or
par value, a change in par value,  or from par value to no par value,  or as the
result of a  subdivision  or  combination  of  shares  (which  is  provided  for
elsewhere herein),  but including any  reclassification  of the shares of Common
stock into two or more  classes or series of shares) or in case of any merger or
consolidation  of another  corporation  into the Company in which the Company is
the surviving  corporation and in which there is a reclassification or change of
the shares of Common Stock (other than a change in par

                                     - 11 -

<PAGE>


value,  or from par value to no par value,  or as a result of a  subdivision  or
combination  (which  is  provided  for  elsewhere  herein),  but  including  any
reclassification  of the shares of Common  Stock this Warrant  shall  thereafter
have the right,  upon  exercise  hereof and payment of the  Exercise  Price,  to
receive solely the kind and amount of shares of stock (including, if applicable,
Common Stock),  other  securities,  property or cash or any combination  thereof
receivable upon such  reclassification,  change,  merger or  consolidation  by a
holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant might have
been exercised  immediately prior to such  reclassification,  change,  merger or
consolidation  (assuming,  if  applicable,  that the holder of such Common Stock
failed to exercise its rights of  election,  if any, as to the kind or amount of
shares of stock,  other  securities,  property  or cash or  combination  thereof
receivable upon such reclassification, change, merger or consolidation).

         11. Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of Warrants. The rights and
obligations  of the  Company,  of the  Holder,  and of the  holders of shares of
Common Stock or other securities issued upon exercise of the Warrants, contained
in Sections 5 and 7 of this Warrant  Certificate  shall  survive the exercise of
the Warrants.

         Dated:  [date].

                                        ELSINORE CORPORATION



                                        By:_______________________________


Attest:


_________________________________
[secretary]


                                     - 12 -

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.31


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


                  Employment Agreement, dated as of November 21, 1996 (this
"Agreement"), by and between Riviera Holdings Corporation and its wholly-owned
subsidiary Riviera Operating Corporation (collectively the "Company") and
William L. Westerman ("Executive").

                  This   Agreement   is  intended  to  replace  the   Employment
Agreement,  dated as of January 6, 1993,  as  amended,  between  the Company and
Executive (the "Old  Agreement")  effective as of January 1, 1997 and to provide
for certain  amendments  to the terms of the Old  Agreement  effective as of the
date of this Agreement.

                  The  Company's   Board  of  Directors  and  the   Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors  have  approved this  Agreement,  subject to
ratification by the Company's stockholders.  In entering into this Agreement and
in  particular  in  amending  the "Option  Plan"  (hereinafter  defined)  and in
granting  the  "Additional  Options"  (hereinafter  defined) to  Executive,  the
Company  acknowledges  that (i) Executive  has  surrendered  extremely  valuable
rights under the Old  Agreement,  including  the right to receive  8-3/4% of the
Company's  Operating  Income (as defined in the Old  Agreement) in excess of $20
million in each year of the Term and (ii)  Executive is not prepared to continue
to act as the Company's  chief  executive  officer unless he receives either the
benefits specified in the Old Agreement or in this Agreement.

                  If the Company's  stockholders do not ratify this Agreement by
June 30,  1997,  the Old  Agreement  will  remain in full force and effect  from
January  1,  1997,  and this  Agreement  shall be null and void,  except for the
"Special  Retirement  Credit" provisions of Section 6(a), which became effective
on November 21, 1996 and shall remain in full force and effect. If the Company's
stockholders do ratify this Agreement,  the provisions hereof shall be effective
on January  1, 1997  except  for those  provisions  which  become  effective on 
November 21, 1996.

                  In  consideration  of the mutual  agreements  hereinafter  set
forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                  1. Employment.  During the "Term" (hereinafter defined)
the Company agrees to employ Executive as Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company during the Term (as defined in Section 2
below) upon the terms and conditions and for the compensation herein provided,
and Executive agrees to be so


<PAGE>



employed and to render the services herein specified.  Executive will also serve
as a member of the Company's Board of Directors during the Term.

                  2. Term of  Employment.  The  initial  term of  employment  of
Executive  hereunder  (the  "Initial  Term")  will  be for the  two-year  period
commencing on January 1, 1997 and ending on December 31, 1998.  The Initial Term
will be  automatically  renewed for successive one year terms (each such renewal
term being an "Extended  Term" and the Initial Term,  together with any Extended
Terms being referred to herein as the "Term") unless (i) Company gives Executive
at least 90 days' written notice of termination  ("Company Termination Notice"),
(ii)  Executive  gives Company at least 180 days written  notice of  termination
("Executive  Termination Notice") or (iii) unless the Term is terminated earlier
by  Company  or  Executive  pursuant  to the  provisions  of  Section 11 of this
Agreement.  If both a Company  Termination  Notice and an Executive  Termination
Notice have been given the termination notice first given shall control.

                  3. Duties. During the Term Executive agrees to devote his full
and exclusive business time and attention to the business of the Company and its
subsidiaries  (4 weeks vacation and sick leave in accordance  with the Company's
policy and personal time consistent with his position  excluded);  to devote his
best efforts to the best of his skill,  energy,  experience and judgment to such
duties.  Executive  shall have all the  powers and agrees to perform  all of the
duties  associated with his position as Chief Executive  Officer of the Company,
subject to such policies and  guidelines as may be  established by the Company's
Board of Directors.

                  4. Salary.  During the Term Executive shall receive a salary
at the rate of $600,000 per annum, payable bi-weekly in arrears ("Base Salary").

                  5. Bonus.  Executive  shall be entitled to  participate in the
Company's Senior Management Compensation Plan or such other Executive bonus plan
as shall be established by the Company's  Board of Directors  (collectively  the
"Plan").  When at least 80% of targeted "Net Income", as defined by the Plan, is
met, the Company has agreed that Executive  shall be entitled to receive a bonus
("Bonus") under the Plan expressed as a percentage of Base Salary depending upon
the percentage of budgeted Net Income realized as specified on Schedule A.

                  6. Retirement Benefits.

                  (a) Credits to Account.  A general ledger account (referred to
as the  "Retirement  Account"),  has been  established  by the  Company  for the
purpose  of  reflecting  retirement  benefits  for  Executive  (the  "Retirement
Benefits").  As at January 1, 1996,  the Company  had  credited  the  Retirement
Account with an aggregate of $1,710,000 and, as of

                                       -2-

<PAGE>



December 31,  1996,  will credit the  Retirement  Account by the amount by which
Executive's  incentive  compensation  under the Old  Agreement for the year 1996
exceeds $600,000 ("Special Retirement Credit"). On January 1 of each year during
the Term commencing  January 1, 1997, the Company shall credit to the Retirement
Account an amount  equal to the Base  Salary,  to be paid to  Executive  for the
current  year of the  Term  which  begins  on such  January  1,  subject  to the
provisions of Section 3(b).  Executive  shall be deemed to be 100% vested in all
Retirement Benefits in the Retirement  Account.  The Retirement Account shall be
credited with additional amounts  ("Interest  Payments") on April 1, 1997 and on
the first day of each  succeeding  calendar  quarter equal to the product of (i)
the Company's average borrowing cost for the immediately  preceding fiscal year,
as determined by the Company's chief financial officer (the "Interest Rate") and
(ii) the average  outstanding balance credited to the Retirement Account for the
immediately   preceding   calendar   quarter.    Anything   in   the   foregoing
notwithstanding, in the event Executive is terminated for "Cause" (as defined in
Section  11(b)(3)),  Executive  shall  forfeit any and all rights to  Retirement
Benefits,  and the Company  shall have no further  obligation  to Executive  for
payment thereof.

                  (b) Rights to  Retirement  Account.  The Company  shall retain
beneficial  ownership  of all  monies in the  Retirement  Account,  which it may
earmark to pay the Executive's  Retirement Benefits (however,  such funds are to
be  subject  to  the  interests  of  the  general  creditors  of  the  Company).
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  upon the  occurrence of the earlier of (i) the
affirmative  vote of the then  holders  of a  majority  of the then  outstanding
shares of the Company's common stock approving a "Change of Control" (as defined
in Section  11(d)),  (ii) an Event of Default by the  Company  under  Subsection
11(a)(1) or Subsection  11(a)(2) or (iii) the expiration or earlier  termination
of the Term for any reason (other than "Cause" as defined in Section  11(b)(3)),
Executive may require,  upon written notice  delivered to the Company (within 30
days  following  such  event)  that,  within 30 days  following  receipt of such
notice,  the Company  establish a "Rabbi Trust" in the form  attached  hereto as
Schedule  B and  transfer  to such  Rabbi  Trust an amount of cash  equal to the
amount  credited to the  Retirement  Account,  including any  additional  amount
credited to the Retirement Account under Subsection 11(c)(2)(ii), to be held and
administered  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of such  Rabbi  Trust.  Upon the
crediting  of any Base  Salary  Credits  (as  defined  above) to the  Retirement
Account under Subsection 6(a) of this Agreement  following the  establishment of
the Rabbi Trust, the Company shall transfer an additional  amount of cash to the
Rabbi  Trust  equal to the amount of such Base  Salary  Credits,  to be held and
administered in accordance with the terms of such Rabbi Trust.

                  (c)  Benefits.  The Retirement Benefits are to be paid as
deferred compensation as follows:

                       (1)  Payment Upon Termination Including Disability.  Upon
termination of Executive's employment, other than termination by the Company
for Cause,

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



including, but not limited to termination because of "Disability" (as defined in
Subsection (5) below),  the Company shall pay to Executive in 20 equal quarterly
installments the amount credited to the Retirement Account as of the Termination
Date and the  Company  shall also pay to  Executive  as an addition to each such
quarterly  payment the additional  amounts  credited to the  Retirement  Account
during the preceding quarter.

                       (2)  Payment Upon Death of Executive.  Upon the death of
Executive at any time prior to the complete  payment of amounts  credited to the
Retirement  Account,  all subsequent  payments shall be made to the  Executive's
"Designated  Beneficiary"  (as defined below) in the same amount and on the same
schedule as specified in (1) above  provided that the date of death of Executive
shall be treated as the Termination  Date if no Termination  Date has previously
occurred and further  provided  that  Company  shall make within eight months of
Executive's  death a special payment equal to 60% of the value as of the date of
Executive's death of all remaining  payments  hereunder and such special payment
shall be treated a an acceleration of the final payments due.

                       (3)  Designated Beneficiaries; Death of Executive or
Designated Beneficiary.  A "Designated  Beneficiary" to whom amounts are payable
under this Subsection 6(c) shall be the person  designated in writing by the
Executive on a form  substantially  similar  to the  form  attached  hereto  as
Schedule  B (a "Beneficiary  Designation  Form") that is delivered to the
Company  prior to the Executive's  death.  Any such  Beneficiary  Designation
Form may be  revoked in writing by the  Executive  or may be  changed,  without
the consent of any prior Designated  Beneficiary,  by  the  Executive's
delivery  to  the  Company  of a Beneficiary Designation Form of later date
revoking the prior form or specifying a new Designated  Beneficiary.  If the
Executive fails to designate a Designated Beneficiary or if a Designated
Beneficiary does not survive the Executive,  all installments  payable
hereunder  shall  be  paid  to the  Executive's  personal representative  or
pursuant to the terms of the Executive's  will or the laws of descent and
distribution.  If a Designated  Beneficiary  survives the Executive,
but dies  prior to  receiving  all  remaining  installment  payments  to be paid
hereunder,  any remaining  installment  payments shall be paid to the Designated
Beneficiary's  personal   representative  or  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  such
Designated Beneficiary's will or the laws of descent and distribution.

                       (4)  Disability Determination.  Executive shall be deemed
to have become disabled  ("Disability") for purposes of this Agreement, if
Company shall find on the basis of medical  evidence  satisfactory  to it that
Executive is so totally  mentally  or  physically  disabled as to be unable to
engage in further employment  by Company and that such  disability  shall be
determined to be such that it will cause, or actually does cause or has caused,
Executive to be absent from work for a period,  or aggregate  of periods,
 in excess of three months in any one twelve month period.


                                       -4-

<PAGE>



                       (5) Payment Commencement.  The installment payments to be
made to the Executive or Executive's  estate,  as the case may be, under
Subsections (d)(1) or  (d)(2),  shall  commence  on the first  day of the
calendar  quarter following  the  Termination  Date.  The  installment  payments
to be made to the designated  beneficiary  upon the death of Executive shall
commence on a date to be selected by Company but within six (6) months from
Executive's date of death.  Each installment payment shall be equal to the
amount credited to the Retirement Account immediately prior to the date of such
payment,  divided by the remaining number of installment payments to be paid.

                       (6) No Trust.  Except to the extent that a Rabbi Trust is
created pursuant to Section 6(b),  nothing contained herein and no action taken
pursuant to the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall create or be construed
to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary  relationship  between  Company
and Executive, his Designated Beneficiary or any other person.

                       (7) No Assignment.  The right of Executive or any other
person to the payment of deferred  compensation  or other  benefits  under this
Agreement shall not be assigned, transferred,  pledged, or encumbered except
by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

                       (8) Incapacity of Beneficiary.  If the Company shall find
that any person to whom any payment is payable under this Agreement is unable to
care for his other affairs because of illness or accident or is a minor,  any
payment due (unless  a prior  claim  therefor  shall  have  been  made  by a
duly  appointed guardian, committee, or other legal representative) may be paid
to the spouse, a child,  parent, or brother or sister, or to any person deemed
by Company to have incurred  expense for such person otherwise  entitled to
payment,  in accordance with the  applicable  provisions  of this Section 6.
Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the Company's liabilities
under this Agreement.

                  7.  Profit  Sharing and 401(k)  Plan.  In addition to the Base
Salary,  Bonus  and  Retirement  Benefits,   Executive  shall  be  eligible  for
participation  in the Defined  Contribution  Plan adopted by Company by Adoption
Agreement, dated April 1, 1992, as modified pursuant to the provisions set forth
on the Term Sheet attached hereto as Schedule C and made a part hereof.

                  8.  Additional Benefits and Compensation.  During the
Term, Executive shall be entitled to:

                  (a)  life insurance,  group health  insurance,  including
major medical and  hospitalization,  comparable to such benefits  offered to
other key executives of the Company;


                                       -5-

<PAGE>



                  (b)  reimbursement  for all  reasonable  expenses  incurred by
Executive in  connection  with the  performance  of his duties and in accordance
with any applicable policy of the Board (including 100% of reasonable travel and
entertainment  expenses),  subject to  submission of  appropriate  documentation
therefor; and

                  (c)  four weeks paid vacation during each year of the Term.

                  9.  Options.  On November 21, 1996, the Board of Directors
took the following actions on behalf of the Company (subject to stockholder
ratification):

                  (a) Amended the Company's Stock Option Plan ("Option Plan") to
increase  the number of shares  issuable  thereunder  from  480,000 to 1,000,000
million shares of common stock.

                  (b) Amended  the Option Plan to permit the grant to  Executive
of options to purchase an aggregate of 500,000 shares of common stock,  of which
options to purchase  200,000 shares have already been granted ("Old Options") to
Executive.

                  (c) Granted  Executive  options  ("New  Options")  to purchase
300,000 shares of common stock at per share Fair Market Value (as defined in the
Option  Plan) on November  21,  1996,  with 25% of the New Options  being vested
immediately and 25% being vested on each of December 31, 1997, December 31, 1998
and December 31, 1999, provided that vesting of such options will be accelerated
if the Term is  terminated  for any  reason  other  than  "Cause"  or  voluntary
termination  by Executive  prior to 12/31/99  (as defined in Section  11(b)(3)),
including a "Change in Control" (as defined in Section 11(a)(2)).

                  (d) Upon  exercise by Executive of the Old Options  and/or the
New Options,  the Company will lend (the  "Loans") to Executive up to 40% of the
spread  between the option  exercise  price and the closing  market price of the
Company's  common stock,  multiplied by the number of shares being acquired upon
exercise  of such  Options  with the  principal  of each such loan and  interest
thereon at  Interest  Rate,  being  payable at the  earlier of (i) on the second
anniversary  of each such loan, or (ii) out of the proceeds from the sale of the
shares underlying each such exercised Option.  The provisions of the New Options
and the Loans are set forth in the Option Agreement,  a copy of which is annexed
hereto as Schedule D and to which reference is made for the complete  provisions
of the New Options and the Loans.


                                       -6-

<PAGE>



                  10.  Indemnity.

                  (a)  The Company agrees:

                       (1)  To use its best efforts to purchase and maintain
during the Term of this Agreement a Directors and Officers  Liability  Insurance
Policy covering liabilities  which  may  have  been or  will be  incurred  by
Executive  in the performance  of his  services on behalf of Company  provided,
however,  that if available, such insurance is at a cost Company believes is
reasonable.

                       (2)  Except as otherwise provided in Section 10(b), and
to the fullest extent  allowed by law, to indemnify and hold  Executive  free
and harmless from any  liability  for  injury or death to  persons  or damage
or  destruction  of property due to any cause  whatsoever,  either in or about
the Riviera Hotel and Casino (the "Hotel") or elsewhere,  as a result of the
performance by Executive of his duties under this Agreement irrespective of
whether alleged to be caused, wholly or partially, by Executive;

                       (3)  Except as otherwise provided in Section 10(b) below,
to reimburse  Executive upon demand for any money or other property which
Executive is  required  to pay out for any  reason  whatsoever  in  performing
his duties hereunder,  whether the  payment is for charges or debts  incurred
or assumed by Executive or any other party, or judgments,  settlements, or
expenses in defense of any claim, civil or criminal action, proceeding, charge,
or prosecution made, instituted or maintained against Executive or the Company,
jointly or severally, because of the  condition  or use of the Hotel,  or acts
or  failures  to act of Executive,  or arising  out of or based upon any law,
regulation,  requirement, contract or award; and

                       (4)  Except as provided in Section 10(b), to defend  any
claim, action,  suit  or  proceeding  brought  against  Executive,  arising  out
of or connected  with any of the foregoing,  and to hold harmless and fully
indemnify Executive from any judgment,  loss or settlement on account thereof,
regardless of the jurisdiction in which any such claim,  actions,  suits or
proceedings may be brought.

                  (b)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Company shall not be
liable to indemnify and hold  Executive  harmless  from any liability  described
above  which  results  from  the  gross  negligence  or  willful  misconduct  of
Executive.

                  (c) If  (i)  the  Company  shall  be  obligated  to  indemnify
Executive, or (ii) a suit, action, investigation,  claim or proceeding is begun,
made or  instituted  as a result  of  which  Company  may  become  obligated  to
Executive  hereunder,  Executive shall give prompt written notice to the Company
of the occurrence is such event. The Company agrees to

                                       -7-

<PAGE>



defend,   contest  or  otherwise   protect   against  any  such  suit,   action,
investigation,  claim or  proceeding  at the  Company's  own  cost and  expense.
Executive  shall have the right but not the obligation to participate at his own
expense in the defense  thereof by counsel of his own choice.  In the event that
the Company  fails timely to defend,  contest or otherwise  protect  against any
such suit, action, investigation,  claim or proceeding, Executive shall have the
right to defend,  contest or otherwise protect against the same and may make any
compromise  or  settlement  thereof and recover the entire cost thereof from the
Company including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees, disbursements
and all amounts paid or payable as a result of such suit, action, investigation,
claim, or proceeding or compromise or settlement thereof.

                  11. (a) Events of Default. The Term of employment of Executive
hereunder and any obligations of Executive hereunder (except with respect to any
obligations set forth in Section 12 hereof) may be terminated,  at the option of
the non-defaulting party (which termination by the non-defaulting party shall be
deemed  involuntary),  upon the happening of any of the following  events (which
shall be deemed to be "Events of Default"):

                           (1)      If the other party shall breach, default or
fail to comply in any material respect with any covenant or agreement  contained
in this Agreement  followed by written notice from the  non-defaulting  party to
the other and failure of the  defaulting  party either to remedy or correct such
breach,  default or noncompliance  within thirty (30) days after receipt of such
notice; and

                           (2)      A "Change in Control" (hereinafter defined),
without Executive's prior written consent, which shall be considered an Event of
Default by the Company.

                        (b) Other Termination.  In addition to the Events of
Default set forth in Section  11(a) above,  the Term of  employment of Executive
hereunder shall be terminated upon the happening of the following events:

                           (1)       The mutual consent of the parties hereof;

                           (2)       The death or Disability of Executive;

                           (3) The Executive shall have been finally adjudicated
by a court to have committed a felony,  fraud, or a crime involving  dishonesty,
whether or not involving the Company ("Cause"), provided that pending such final
adjudication, the Company shall set aside in an escrow account, which shall be a
separate,  non-commingled,  interest  bearing  account,  from  the  date  of  an
allegation  of Cause,  the  following  amounts which would not be payable in the
event of Executive's discharge for Cause: (A) the Base Salary; (B) the

                                       -8-

<PAGE>



Retirement Benefits and (C) the Bonus; provided, however, that (I) if such final
adjudication  or other  disposition  is  favorable  to  Executive,  all escrowed
amounts  (including  any interest  accrued  thereon) shall be paid to or for the
benefit of Executive promptly, (II) if such final adjudication is unfavorable to
Executive - i.e. Executive is found to have committed a felony, fraud or a crime
involving  dishonesty - then all escrowed funds  (including any interest accrued
thereon)  shall be paid to the  Company  promptly  and  Executive  shall have no
further interest therein; or

                  (c) Remedies. (1) The remedies of each of the parties upon the
occurrence  of an Event of  Default  by the other  party  specified  in  Section
11(a)(1)  shall be  cumulative  and not  exclusive.  However,  no party shall be
obligated to the other for punitive or other forms of  speculative or expectancy
damages. In addition to any and all such other remedies,  the provisions of this
Agreement  requiring  the  performance  of an  affirmative  act  by a  party  or
requiring a party to refrain  from the  performance  of specific  act,  shall be
enforceable by injunctive proceeding or by a suit for specific performance.

                           (2)      Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default
specified in Section  11(a)(2),  Executive  may, by giving not less than 90 days
notice to the  Company,  terminate  all of  Executive's  obligations  under this
Agreement  (except for those  specified in Section 12),  effective upon the date
specified in such notice (the "Termination  Date"), and shall be entitled to (i)
have  credited  to his  Retirement  Account an amount  equal to one year of Base
Salary (in effect upon the Termination Date) credited to the Retirement  Account
and (ii) 100% vesting on stock options held by Executive.

                  (d) "Change of Control" means any of the following: (i) all or
substantially  all of the assets of the  Company  are sold as an  entirety or as
part of a series of transactions to any person,  (ii) the Company engages in any
merger,  consolidation,  sale of capital stock,  sale of equity interests or any
other  transactions  with any other  person,  with the  effect  that  after such
transactions  the holders of common  stock of the Company  immediately  prior to
such  transactions  own,  directly or  indirectly,  in the aggregate less than a
majority in voting  interest of the total voting  power  entitled to vote in the
election  (A) of  directors  of the  Company,  if the  Company is the  surviving
entity,  or (B) of directors,  managers or trustees (1) of such other person, if
the  Company  is not the  surviving  entity,  or (2) of such other  person  that
purchases all or  substantially  all of the Company's  assets;  (iii) any person
who, as of the date hereof, does not have 10% or more of the common stock of the
Company,  acquires a  majority  in voting  interest  of the total  voting  power
entitled to vote for directors of the Company  (otherwise  than by reason of the
voting  provisions  of any  preferred  stock of the  Company);  (iv) any  person
acquires more than 50% of the total voting power  entitled to vote for directors
of the  Company;  or (v) any person  acquires  more than 50% of the total voting
power  entitled to vote for  directors,  managers or trustees (X) of such person
other than the Company  surviving any of the transactions  referred to in clause
(i)

                                       -9-

<PAGE>



above,  or (Y) of such other person that purchases all or  substantially  all of
the  Company's  assets.  A "person" for the purposes  hereof,  shall  include an
individual corporation,  partnership, trust or group acting in concert. A person
for the purposes  hereof,  shall be deemed to be a beneficial owner as that term
is used in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

                  12.      Confidential Information; Non-Competition.

                  (a) During the Term and for a three year period  commencing on
the  termination  of the Term of this  Agreement  for any reason,  (i) Executive
shall hold in a fiduciary  capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or
confidential  information,  knowledge  or data  relating  to the  Company or its
affiliates,  and their respective businesses which shall not be public knowledge
(other than information which becomes public as a result of acts of Executive or
his  representatives  in  violation  of  this  Agreement),   including,  without
limitation, customer/client lists, matters subject to litigation, and technology
or financial information of the Company or its subsidiaries,  and (ii) Executive
shall not,  without the prior  written  consent of the Company,  communicate  or
divulge any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company
and those designated by it in writing.

                  (b) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 12(b), during
the Term and for a three year period  commencing on the  termination of the Term
of  this  Agreement  for  any  reason,  the  Executive  will  not,  directly  or
indirectly,  (i) own, manage, operate,  control or participate in the ownership,
management  or control of, or be  connected  as an officer,  employee,  partner,
director,  or  consultant or otherwise  with, or have any financial  interest in
(except for (A) ownership as of the date hereof, (B) any ownership in the common
stock of the Company,  or (C) any  ownership of less than 5% of the  outstanding
equity interest in any entity) any hotel/casino located in Clark County,  Nevada
or (ii) solicit or contact any employee of the Company or its affiliates  with a
view to inducing or encouraging such employee to leave the employ of the Company
or its affiliates  for the purpose of being  employed by Executive,  an employer
affiliated  with  Executive,  or any  competitor of the Company or any affiliate
thereof. The provisions of Section 12(b) shall not apply in the event of (i) any
involuntary  termination  by the Company of  Executive's  employment  under this
Agreement or (ii) the occurrence of a Change of Control.

                  (c) Executive acknowledges that the provisions of this Section
12 are  reasonable  and  necessary  for the  protection  of Company and that the
Company will be  irrevocably  damaged if such  provisions  are not  specifically
enforced. Accordingly, Executive agrees that, in addition to any other relief to
which the Company may be entitled in the form of actual or punitive damages, the
Company shall be entitled to seek and obtain  injunctive  relief from a court of
competent jurisdiction (without posting of a bond therefor)

                                      -10-

<PAGE>



for the purposes of restraining Executive from any actual or threatened breach
of such provisions.

                  13.      Miscellaneous

                  (a)  This   Agreement   shall  be  governed,   construed   and
interpreted  in  accordance  with  the  internal  laws of the  State  of  Nevada
applicable to agreements executed in that State.

                  (b)  This  Agreement   supersedes  all  prior  agreements  and
understandings  among the parties,  and contains the full  understanding  of the
parties  hereto  with  respect  to  the  subject  matter  hereof.   Any  change,
modification  or waiver of this  Agreement  must be in  writing,  signed by both
parties  hereto or, in the case of a waiver,  by the party  waiving  compliance.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts,  each of which shall
be deemed an original. The captions of each article and section are intended for
convenience  only. All references herein to days, weeks and months shall mean by
calendar;  unless specifically stated to the contrary.  All references herein to
the singular shall include the plural,  and all  references to gender shall,  as
appropriate,  include other genders.  All  representations  and warranties  made
hereunder  shall  survive  the  execution  and  delivery  and  closing  of  this
Agreement.  The  Company  consents  to the  execution  of a  memorandum  of this
Agreement and the filing and recording of such memorandum with any  governmental
body or agency having  jurisdiction  over the filing or recordation of interests
in real property.  At the  termination of this  Agreement,  Executive  agrees to
execute  in  recordable   form  an   instrument   sufficient  to  evidence  said
termination.

                  (c) It is  the  intention  of the  parties  hereto  that  this
Agreement  shall not inure to the  benefit of any third  parties  not parties to
this Agreement,  and it is specifically intended that no third party beneficiary
relationships,  benefits or  obligations  shall arise or be deemed to exist as a
result of this said Agreement.

                  (d)  This  Agreement  shall  inure  to the  benefit  of and be
binding upon each of the parties hereto,  their heirs,  assigns,  successors and
personal representatives,  however, as a personal service contract, it shall not
be assignable by Executive without the prior written consent of the Company.

                  (e) The  failure  or delay by either  party in any one or more
instances to enforce one or more of the terms and  conditions of this  Agreement
or to exercise any right or privilege  under this Agreement shall not thereafter
be construed as a waiver of any such term, condition, right or privilege and the
same and all other terms, conditions,  rights or privileges under this Agreement
shall  continue to remain in full force and effect as though no such  failure or
delay had occurred.

                                      -11-

<PAGE>




                  (f) Any and all disputes  between the parties hereto,  however
significant,  arising out of,  relating in any way to or in connection with this
Agreement (including the validity, scope, and enforceability of this arbitration
clause) will be solely  settled by an arbitration  conducted in accordance  with
the rules of the American Arbitration  Association or any similar successor body
before a panel of three arbitrators. Each party shall appoint one arbitrator. If
a party fails to nominate  an  arbitrator  within 10 days from the date when the
claimant's  request for arbitration has been  communicated to the other party in
writing,  the  appointment  shall be made within 10 days thereof by the American
Arbitration Association. The two arbitrators so appointed shall attempt to agree
upon the third  arbitrator to act as chairman.  If the two  arbitrators  fail to
nominate the chairman  within 10 days from the date of  appointment of the later
appointed  arbitrator,  the chairman shall be selected within 10 days thereof by
the American Arbitration Association.  The arbitration shall be conducted with a
view to commencing  proceedings within 30 days from the date when the claimant's
request for  arbitration  was  communicated to the other party in writing and to
rendering  the award or other  judgment  not more than 15 days  thereafter.  The
award or other judgment of the arbitrators shall be final, and the parties agree
to waive their right to any form of appeal,  to the greatest  extent  allowed by
law,  and to share  equally the fees and expenses of the  arbitrators.  Judgment
upon  any  award  of  the  arbitrators  may  be  entered  in  any  court  having
jurisdiction  or  application  may be  made  to  such  court  for  the  judicial
acceptance of the award and for order of enforcement.  Such arbitration shall be
held only in Las Vegas, Nevada.  Pending resolution of the dispute,  there shall
be no  stoppage  by either  party under the terms  hereof;  rather,  the parties
hereto shall perform diligently under this Agreement pending ultimate resolution
of the dispute. By agreeing to arbitration,  neither party hereto is waiving any
benefit of any statute of limitations or other equitable defenses.

                  (g) No voluntary or  involuntary  successor in interest of the
Company  shall  acquire  any rights or powers  under this  Agreement,  except as
specifically  set forth herein.  Otherwise,  the Company shall not assign all or
any part of this Agreement.

                  14. Notices. All notices,  requests,  demands,  directions and
other  communications  provided for hereunder  shall be in writing and delivered
personally or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt  requested,
to the following  addresses for each party during the Term or until such time as
written notice, as provided hereby, of a change of address to be used thereafter
is given to the other  party,  with copies to such legal  counsel as each party,
from time to time, may designate:


                                      -12-

<PAGE>



         Company                                       Executive
         -------                                       ---------

         RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION                  MR. WILLIAM L. WESTERMAN
         2901 Las Vegas Blvd. So.                      2901 Las Vegas Blvd. So.
         Las Vegas, Nevada 89109                       Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
         Attn:  Duane Krohn, Chief                     PERSONAL & CONFIDENTIAL
                Financial Officer

Notices  delivered  personally shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery;
notices  delivered by certified or registered  mail shall be deemed to have been
given  seventy-two  (72) hours after the date  deposited in the mail,  except as
otherwise provided herein.

                  15. Government Approvals.  Notwithstanding any other terms and
provisions  set forth in this  Agreement,  if is understood  and agreed that the
engagement of Executive hereunder, the obligation of the parties hereto, and the
effect of the Agreement, shall be subject to the approval of each and all of the
terms,  covenants  and  provisions  of  this  Agreement  by  the  Nevada  Gaming
Authorities and other  Governmental  Authorities from whom approval,  if any, is
required under the laws of the State of Nevada,  the County of Clark, or any and
all other  governmental  agencies  having  jurisdiction  thereover.  Each of the
parties  hereby  covenant and agree to exercise their best good faith efforts to
proceed to obtain any and all such necessary approvals.

                  16.  Compensation  Under Old  Agreement.  Notwithstanding  the
provisions  of  Sections  4, 5 and 6 hereof,  in no event  shall the sum of Base
Salary,  Bonus and  Credits  to  Retirement  Account  (excluding  the  Interests
Payments)  payable to or for the  account of  Executive  in any year of the Term
under  this  Agreement  exceed  the sum of Base  Salary,  Bonus and  Credits  to
Retirement  Account  which  would  have been  payable  to or for the  account of
Executive under the Old Agreement and Executive shall instruct the Company as to
the reductions of Base Salary, Bonus and Credits to






Retirement Account necessary to comply with the provisions of this Section 16.



                                      -13-

<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties herein have entered into this
Agreement the day and year first above mentioned.

COMPANY:                                        EXECUTIVE:

RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION


By:______________________                       ________________________
                                                WILLIAM L. WESTERMAN
  Its:___________________


                                      -14-


<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.32

                            REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT
                                 LOAN AGREEMENT


         THIS REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT LOAN AGREEMENT (the  "Agreement") is made
effective as of the ___ day of ___________________, 1997, by and between RIVIERA
HOLDINGS CORPORATION, a Nevada corporation, and RIVIERA OPERATING CORPORATION, a
Nevada  corporation,  doing  business as RIVIERA  HOTEL & CASINO  (collectively,
"Borrower"),  and U.S. BANK OF NEVADA, a Nevada state-chartered commercial bank,
("Lender").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

         WHEREAS,  Lender has agreed to lend to Borrower on a reducing revolving
line of credit  basis  certain  funds (the "Loan") in an amount not to exceed at
any time FIFTEEN MILLION AND NO/100THS  DOLLARS  ($15,000,000.00)  (the "Maximum
Loan  Amount")  for the  purpose  of  providing  Borrower  with funds to acquire
certain new furniture, fixtures and equipment or to refinance or refund the cost
of certain existing furniture, fixtures and equipment of Borrower.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants and promises
of the parties  and  subject to the  following  terms and  conditions,  Borrower
agrees to borrow from Lender, and Lender agrees to loan to Borrower the Loan for
the purposes provided herein. The Loan shall be evidenced by a Revolving Line of
Credit  Promissory Note (the "Note") bearing even date herewith,  and be secured
by a Security  Agreement  (the  "Security  Agreement")  under the terms of which
Borrower  shall  grant to  Lender a  security  interest  in  certain  collateral
described in Section 3 thereof (the "Collateral"). This Agreement, the Note, the
Security Agreement, and any and all other documents now or hereafter executed by
Borrower  or any other  person or party in  connection  with or to  evidence  or
secure payment of the Loan are sometimes hereafter  collectively  referred to as
the "Loan Documents".

         A.       DISBURSEMENTS.

                  A.1    General.  Provided  that no Event of Default (as
hereafter  defined)  then  exists  and is  continuing  hereunder,  Lender  shall
disburse  the Loan from time to time at the request of Borrower for the purposes
provided  herein once the  original of this  Agreement,  the Note,  the Security
Agreement, and all other Loan Documents, all fully executed, have been delivered
to Lender,  and once Borrower has paid Lender's  reasonable  attorney's fees and
costs  incurred in connection  herewith.  Lender shall be under no obligation to
make any disbursements under the Loan after January 1, 2002.

                  A.2    Reduction in Maximum Loan Amount.  On the first day of
January,  April,  July and October of each year,  commencing on the first day of
April, 1998, the

                                        1

<PAGE>



Maximum Loan Amount shall be reduced by an amount equal to $937,500.00. Borrower
shall make a principal reduction payment under the Note on the first day of each
January, April, July and October, commencing on the first day of April, 1998, in
an amount,  if any,  required to reduce the principal balance due under the Note
to the then effective Maximum Loan Amount.

                  A.3    Maximum  Availability.  The maximum  amount  available
to Borrower under the Loan at any time (the "Maximum  Availability") shall be an
amount equal to the lesser of (a) the Maximum Loan Amount,  as reduced from time
to time pursuant to Section A.2 above;  or (b) the  Specified  Value (as defined
below) of the Collateral.

                  For  the  purposes  of  this  Agreement  and  the  other  Loan
Documents,  the term "Gaming  Devices"  shall mean any equipment or  mechanical,
electromechanical or electronic contrivance,  component or machine used remotely
or directly in connection with gaming or any game which affects the results of a
wager by  determining  win or loss.  The term  includes a system for  processing
information  which can alter the  normal  criteria  of random  selection,  which
affects the operation of any game or which  determines  the outcome of any game.
The term does not  include a system or  device  which  affects a game  solely by
stopping its operation so that the outcome remains undetermined.

                  For purposes of this  Agreement and the other Loan  Documents,
the term "Specified  Value" shall mean the amount  reasonably  determined by the
Borrower  to be the lesser of eighty  percent  (80%) of the (a) actual  original
cost of the  Collateral  (excluding  Gaming  Devices)  and (b) fair market value
(which is defined for purposes  hereof as  depreciated  cost) of the  Collateral
(excluding Gaming Devices),  as specified to the Lender in a schedule  delivered
to the  Lender  by the  date  of  the  making  of a Loan  for  the  purchase  or
refinancing  of such  Collateral,  as such schedule shall be updated by Borrower
and delivered to Lender on the twentieth day of the month immediately succeeding
the last day of each fiscal  quarter.  With respect to Collateral  consisting of
Gaming Devices, the percentage used in determining  Specified Value shall be one
hundred percent (100%).

                  A.4  Conditions.  Lender shall be under no  obligation to make
the initial disbursement under the Loan until Borrower has caused to be provided
to Lender an opinion of Borrower's counsel in all respects acceptable to Lender,
as to the  following:  (a) that  Borrower is duly  organized and existing and in
good standing to transact business in Nevada;  (b) that all conditions  required
by Borrower's  organizational  documents to authorize Borrower to enter into the
Loan  transaction and execute the Loan Documents have been  satisfied;  (c) that
all  licenses,  permits  and other  governmental  permits  necessary  to conduct
Borrower's  business  (where  the  failure  to  maintain  the same  would have a
material  adverse  effect upon its  operations  ("Material  Adverse  Effect") as
presently conducted are in effect; (d) that the Loan Documents constitute valid,
legal and  enforceable  obligations of Borrower in accordance  with their terms;
and (e) that  Borrower's  execution of the Loan Documents and performance of its
obligations  thereunder  shall not  constitute  a default by Borrower  under the
terms of any license,  permit or approval held by Borrower,  or any agreement to
which Borrower is a party, including, without limitation, that

                                        2


<PAGE>



certain $100,000,000.00  Indenture dated June 30, 1993, between Riviera Holdings
Corporation, a Nevada corporation ("RHC"), Riviera Operating Corporation,  doing
business  as  Riviera  Hotel & Casino  ("ROC"),  and IBJ  Schroder  Bank & Trust
Company, as Trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture,  dated
June 30, 1993, as amended by Amendment to First Supplemental Indenture, dated as
of September 8, 1995 (the "Indenture Agreement").

                  A.5      Loan Fees.

                           (a)      Facility Fee.  As a condition of Lender's
obligation to make the initial  disbursement under the Loan,  Borrower shall pay
to Lender a facility  fee in the sum of  $75,000.00  upon the  execution of this
Agreement.

                           (b)     Non-Usage Fee. On the tenth day of January,
April, July and October of each year, commencing on the tenth day of July, 1997,
Borrower  shall pay to Lender in arrears a non-usage  fee in an amount  equal to
two-tenths  of one percent  (0.20%) of the  difference  between the Maximum Loan
Amount,  as reduced from time to time pursuant to Section A.2 above, and average
outstanding  amount of the Loan, during the previous  three-month period in each
case as reasonably determined by Lender.

         B.  INTEREST.

                  B.1 Interest Rate Options.  Borrower shall pay interest on the
principal amounts disbursed under the Loan at Borrower's option, as evidenced by
an executed Rate Request ("Rate Request") in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
"A", as follows:

                           (a)      At the floating commercial loan rate of
Lender  publicly  announced from time to time as Lender's prime rate (the "Prime
Rate"),  plus  one-half  of one percent  (0.50%)  per annum.  Any change in such
interest rate, as a result of a change in the Prime Rate, shall become effective
upon the date of change  in the Prime  Rate.  Any  disbursements  under the Loan
which Borrower  elects to bear interest at the foregoing  interest rate shall be
referred to herein as a "Prime Rate Disbursement"; or

                           (b)      At LIBOR (as defined below), plus two and
ninety  one-hundredths  percent  (2.90%)  per  annum  (the  "LIBOR  Rate").  Any
disbursements under the Loan which Borrower elects to bear interest at the LIBOR
Rate shall be referred to herein as a "LIBOR Rate Disbursement".

                  B.2 LIBOR  Election.  Provided  that no Event of Default  then
exists hereunder, if Borrower desires that the Loan, or a portion thereof, is to
bear  interest  at the LIBOR Rate,  or Borrower  desires to convert a Prime Rate
Disbursement  to a LIBOR  Rate  Disbursement  or desires to convert a LIBOR Rate
Disbursement  with a certain  LIBOR  Borrowing  Period  into a  different  LIBOR
Borrowing  Period,  Borrower  shall so elect (a "LIBOR  Election")  by providing
Lender with at least two (2) Business Days (as defined below) prior

                                        3


<PAGE>



notice thereof,  which notice shall specify (a) the LIBOR borrowing  period (the
"LIBOR Borrowing Period") of either 30, 60 or 90 days, and (b) the amount, which
in no event  shall be less  than  $500,000.00,  and  shall be in  increments  of
$100,000.00  (a  "LIBOR  Increment"),  to be  subject  to such  LIBOR  Election.
Lender's  LIBOR Rates are  established as of  approximately  8:00 a.m. and 10:00
a.m. on each  Business Day for LIBOR Rates to take effect two (2) Business  Days
later,  and LIBOR Rate quotes may be obtained from Lender  between 8:00 a.m. and
12:00 noon on any Business Day.  Quotes based on LIBOR Rates set as of 8:00 a.m.
must be accepted by Borrower  before 10:00 a.m., and quotes based on LIBOR Rates
set as of 10:00 a.m. must be accepted by Borrower  before 12:00 noon.  Notice of
acceptance  of a quoted  LIBOR  Rate  shall be given by  Borrower  to  Lender in
writing  or by  telephone  (and  if by  telephone  then  thereafter  immediately
confirmed by Borrower in  writing).  In the event that notice is given to Lender
after the times set forth  above,  the notice  shall be deemed to be given as of
the next Business  Day. All times  referred to herein shall be local time in Las
Vegas,  Nevada.  The written notice of LIBOR Election,  or written  confirmation
thereof,  shall be in the form of a Rate Request.  Any amounts outstanding under
the Loan in excess of a LIBOR  Increment  shall  bear  interest  as a Prime Rate
Disbursement.  At the expiration of a LIBOR Borrowing  Period, in the event that
the loan amount subject to a LIBOR Election has not been repaid by Borrower,  it
shall  then  bear  interest  as a Prime  Rate  Disbursement  unless a new  LIBOR
Borrowing  Period has been  chosen by  Borrower  pursuant  to the terms  hereof.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained  herein,  Borrower shall be
permitted  to have no more than five (5) LIBOR  Elections  in effect at any time
without the prior written consent of Lender.

                  B.3 LIBOR Regulatory Requirements. In the event that Lender is
required  under  Regulation  D,  promulgated  by the Board of  Governors  of the
Federal Reserve System,  or any other  regulation,  to maintain reserves against
LIBOR  obligations,  Borrower  shall pay to Lender on the last day of each LIBOR
Borrowing Period, as additional  interest  ("Additional  Interest") on any LIBOR
Rate  Disbursement,  such  additional  amount  (determined  as though Lender has
funded 100% of the LIBOR Rate  Disbursement in the Interbank  Eurodollar  Market
whether or not that is actually the case) as would,  together  with  payments of
interest on the LIBOR Rate Disbursement for that LIBOR Borrowing Period,  result
in receipt by Lender of total interest on the LIBOR Rate  Disbursement  for that
LIBOR Borrowing  Period at the rate reasonably  determined by Lender to be equal
to the following:  the stated LIBOR Rate on the LIBOR Rate Disbursement  divided
by one (1), minus the Reserve  Percentage (as defined below). In determining the
Additional  Interest,  there  shall  be taken  into  account  any  transitional,
adjustment or phase-in provisions of the reserve requirements which would reduce
the reserve  requirement of Lender during any LIBOR Borrowing  Period.  Lender's
determination  of such matters  shall be  conclusive  in the absence of manifest
error.

                  If, after the date hereof,  the application or adoption of any
applicable law, rule or regulation,  or any change therein, or any change in the
interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority,  central
bank or comparable  agency  charged with the  interpretation  or  administration
thereof, or compliance by Lender with any request or directive

                                        4

<PAGE>



(whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority,  central bank or
comparable agency:

                           (a)      shall subject Lender to any tax, duty or
other  charge with  respect to the amount as to which  Borrower has made a LIBOR
Election  (except any income  taxes of Lender  assessed on the basis of Lender's
net income or gross  receipts and any franchise  taxes,  branch taxes,  taxes on
doing  business  or taxes on overall  capital or net worth of Lender  imposed in
lieu of income taxes); or

                           (b)      shall impose, modify or deem applicable any
reserve  (including  without  limitation  any  reserve  imposed  by the Board of
Governors  of  the  Federal   Reserve   System),   special  deposit  or  similar
requirements  against assets of,  deposits with or for the account of, or credit
extended by,  Lender with respect to or as a result of the making by Borrower of
a LIBOR Election; or

                           (c)      shall impose upon Lender, directly or
indirectly, any condition affecting any amount advanced by Lender to Borrower as
to which Borrower has made a LIBOR Election,  or shall  otherwise  affect any of
the same;

and the result of any of the foregoing has in the reasonable  opinion of Lender,
increased  the  cost  to  Lender  of  making  or  maintaining   any  outstanding
disbursement or other  outstanding  portion of the Loan as to which the Borrower
has  made a LIBOR  Election,  or  reduced  the  amount  of any sum  received  or
receivable by Lender by an amount deemed by Lender to be material,  then, within
fifteen  (15) days after demand by Lender  (which  demand shall not be made more
than  thirty  (30) days  after  such  cost is  incurred  by Lender  and shall be
accompanied by reasonable detail supporting such demand),  Borrower shall pay to
Bank such  additional  amount or  amounts.  If,  following  payment  of any such
additional amounts by Borrower to Lender,  Lender receives a refund of or credit
for any portion thereof, then Lender shall promptly repay Borrower the amount so
refunded or credited. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
in the event that Lender may  minimize or  eliminate  any costs or  restrictions
associated with  maintaining  LIBOR Rate  Disbursements by using another lending
office  within  the  U.S.  Bancorp  system,  then  Lender  shall  to the  extent
permissible  under then existing laws and regulations  governing Lender use such
other lending office.

                  If, after the date hereof,  the application or adoption of any
applicable law, rule or regulation,  or any change therein, or any change in the
interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority,  central
bank or comparable  agency  charged with the  interpretation  or  administration
thereof,  or compliance by Lender with any request or directive  (whether or not
having  the  force of law) of any such  authority,  central  bank or  comparable
agency,  or the occurrence of circumstances  affecting the Interbank  Eurodollar
Markets generally,  shall, in the reasonable opinion of Lender, make it unlawful
or  impossible  for  Lender to make or  maintain  LIBOR  Rate  Disbursements  or
materially restrict the authority of Lender to purchase,  sell, or take deposits
in Eurodollars, then Lender's obligation to give effect to a

                                        5


<PAGE>



LIBOR  Election  shall be  suspended  for the  duration  of such  illegality  or
impossibility.  Upon receipt of notice of such illegality or  impossibility,  at
Borrower's  election either (a) all then  outstanding  LIBOR Rate  Disbursements
shall be immediately  converted into Prime Rate  Disbursements and thereafter be
so treated for all purposes  hereunder,  or (b) Borrower shall repay in full the
then outstanding  principal  amount of the applicable  LIBOR Rate  Disbursements
together with accrued interest thereon, on either: (i) the last day of the LIBOR
Borrowing  Period  applicable  to such  LIBOR  Rate  Disbursement  if lender may
lawfully continue to maintain the LIBOR Rate  Disbursements to such day; or (ii)
immediately, and without prepayment penalty, if Lender may not lawfully continue
to maintain the LIBOR Rate  Disbursements to such day. If Lender is unable,  for
the reasons set forth above,  to make or maintain any LIBOR Rate  Disbursements,
Lender  shall fund such  amount as a Prime Rate  Disbursement.  Borrower  hereby
agrees to reimburse Lender on demand for all costs and expenses  attributable to
its  making or  maintaining  LIBOR Rate  Disbursements  hereunder  which  result
directly  from any such  change  in law,  rule,  regulation,  interpretation  or
administration, or in connection with the conversion of the interest rate on any
portion of the Loan as to which  Borrower has made a LIBOR Election prior to the
end of the applicable LIBOR Borrowing Period.

         B.4 LIBOR  Prepayments.  Except as  otherwise  provided  in Section B.3
above, upon payment or prepayment of any LIBOR Rate Disbursement,  or conversion
of a LIBOR Rate Disbursement to a Prime Rate  Disbursement,  on a day other than
the last day in the applicable  LIBOR  Borrowing  Period  (whether  voluntarily,
involuntarily,  by reason or acceleration, or otherwise),  Borrower shall pay to
Lender within fifteen (15) Business Days following demand by Lender a prepayment
fee equal to the excess of (a) the present value of the principal amount prepaid
as discounted  (on the basis of a year of twelve 30-day months) to present value
by reference to the yield for U.S.  Treasury  Securities  with  maturities  most
nearly  approximating  the  remaining  weighted  average  life to the end of the
relevant LIBOR  Borrowing  Period for the principal  payments being prepaid over
(b) the sum of all such principal payments plus accrued interest thereon.

         B.5  Definitions.  For purposes of this  Agreement the following  terms
shall have the following meanings unless otherwise indicated:

                  (a)  "Business  Day"  means  any day  other  than a  Saturday,
Sunday,  or other day on which  banks in Las  Vegas,  Nevada are  authorized  to
close.

                  (b) "LIBOR" means the rate per annum (computed on the basis of
a 360-day year and the actual  number of days  elapsed)  determined by Lender as
the  average  rate  offered to Lender  for U.S.  dollar  deposits  in the London
Eurodollar  Market  based upon  quotations  at five (5) major banks for a period
equal to the  relevant  LIBOR  Borrowing  Period  and in an amount  equal to the
applicable LIBOR Rate Disbursement.

                  (c)      "Reserve Percentage" means a percentage that is
reasonably  determined  by Lender as the average  (rounded  to the next  highest
1/100th of 1%) of the maximum

                                        6


<PAGE>



percentage  reserve in effect as  prescribed  by the Board of  Governors  of the
Federal Reserve System for  determining  the maximum  reserve  requirement for a
member bank of the Federal  Reserve  System in the  district in which  Lender is
located.

         C.       REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND WARRANTIES.

                  Borrower  hereby  unconditionally  represents,  covenants  and
warrants as follows:

                  C.l Power. If Borrower or any signator who signs on its behalf
is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or trust, that it is a
corporation duly incorporated,  or a partnership,  limited liability company, or
trust duly  organized,  and in any event validly  existing under the laws of the
state of its  incorporation  or origination and duly qualified to do business in
the  State of  Nevada,  with  requisite  power  and  authority  to (i) incur the
indebtedness  evidenced by the Note; (ii) enter into this  Agreement;  and (iii)
enter  into  any  other  Loan   Documents   executed  and  delivered  to  Lender
concurrently herewith.

                  C.2  Authority.  That this  Agreement,  the Note, the Security
Agreement,  and all  other  Loan  Documents  executed  and  delivered  to Lender
concurrently  herewith were executed in accordance with the requirements of law,
and,  if  Borrower  or any  signator  who signs on its behalf is a  corporation,
partnership,  limited  liability  company,  or  trust,  in  accordance  with any
requirements of its articles of incorporation, articles of partnership, articles
of organization  and/or  operating  agreement,  or declaration of trust, and any
amendments  thereto,  and  that  the  execution  of the  same,  and the full and
complete  performance  of the provisions  thereof,  is authorized by its bylaws,
articles of partnership, articles of organization and/or operating agreement, or
declaration  of trust,  or a  resolution  of its board of directors or partners,
members  or  managers,  or  trustees,  and will not  result in any breach of, or
constitute a default  under,  or result in the  creation of any lien,  charge or
encumbrance (other than those contained herein or in any instrument delivered to
Lender concurrently  herewith) upon any property or assets of Borrower under any
material  indenture,  mortgage,  deed of trust, bank loan or credit agreement or
other  instrument or agreement to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower
is bound or, if applicable, under Borrower's corporate charter, bylaws, articles
of  partnership,   articles  of  organization  and/or  operating  agreement,  or
declaration of trust.

                  C.3 Financial Statements. Any and all unaudited balance sheets
heretofore  furnished  Lender by or on behalf of Borrower and or any  guarantors
are true and correct in all material respects,  and fully and accurately present
the financial condition of the subjects thereof as of the dates thereof (subject
to normal  year-end  audit  adjustments),  and no  material  adverse  change has
occurred in the  financial  condition  reflected  therein since the dates of the
most  recent  financial  statement  submitted  to Lender.  During the Loan term,
Borrower  shall  provide  Lender  with the  following:  (i) copies of annual CPA
audited  consolidated  financial  statements  (as  contained  in annual  reports
required to be filed under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Sections") for Borrower within 120 days following the end
of each of such Borrower's  fiscal years; (ii) copies of quarterly CPA reviewed,
unaudited

                                        7

<PAGE>



consolidated  financial  statements  for  Borrower  (as  contained  in quarterly
reports  required to be filed under the Sections)  within  forty-five  (45) days
following  the end of each fiscal  quarter;  (iii) copies of federal  income tax
returns  (including all schedules) and/or extension requests for Borrower within
fifteen  (15)  days  after  filing  the  same;  and  (iv)  quarterly  compliance
certificates  within  forty-five  (45)  days  following  the end of each  fiscal
quarter,  commencing with the fiscal quarter ending on March 31, 1997,  executed
by Borrower's  treasurer,  certifying  that  Borrower is in compliance  with the
financial  covenants set forth in Section C.5 below;  (v) copy of annual updated
list of slot  machines  in the form  attached  as  Exhibit  "A" to the  Security
Agreement within forty-five (45) days following the end of each fiscal year; and
(vi)  copies of such  other  financial  information  relating  to  Borrower  and
Borrower's business operations which Lender may reasonably request.

                  C.4 Litigation.  Except as heretofore  disclosed in writing to
Lender, there are no actions,  suits or proceedings pending, or to the knowledge
of Borrower  threatened,  against or  affecting  Borrower  which,  if  adversely
determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  C.5 Financial Covenants.  During the term of the Loan:

                           (a)      Borrower shall maintain a Maximum Leverage
Ratio (defined as [average  funded debt as of the last day of each month for the
quarter  then  ended] /  [earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and
amortization  ("EBITDA"),  calculated on a rolling four (4) quarter average]) of
not greater than 4.50 to 1.00 tested for compliance quarterly as of the last day
of each fiscal quarter of Borrower. The term "funded debt" means, as of any date
of determination, without duplication, the sum of (i) all principal indebtedness
of Borrower for borrowed money (including debt securities issued by Borrower) on
that date, plus (ii) the aggregate  amount of the net present value of principal
payable  by  Borrower  in  respect  of  capital  leases  on that  date,  each as
determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

                           (b)      Borrower shall maintain a Minimum Times
Fixed Charge  Coverage Ratio  (defined as [EBITDA,  calculated on a rolling four
(4) quarter  average]/ [the prior year's current portion of long term debt, plus
the prior year's  current  portion of capital lease  obligations,  plus interest
expense for the current quarterly  period,  including  capitalized  interest and
excluding  interest on intercompany debt, plus short-term loans (with maturities
of twelve  (12)  months or  less)])  of not less  than 1.50 to 1.00  tested  for
compliance quarterly as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of Borrower;

                           (c)      Borrower shall incur no additional
indebtedness or additional  liens or encumbrances on Borrower's real or personal
property in excess of $10,000,000.00,  except for the financing evidenced by the
Indenture Agreement,  without the prior written consent of Lender, which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld; and


                                        8


<PAGE>



                           (d)      except for mergers wherein either RHC or
ROC is the  surviving  entity and Borrower is in  compliance  with each covenant
contained herein following such merger,  Borrower shall not sell or transfer all
or  substantially  all of Borrower's  assets,  or merge or consolidate  with any
other person or entity,  without Lender's prior written  consent,  which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld;

                  The foregoing representations, covenants, and warranties shall
survive until all sums payable pursuant to the Note or this Agreement,  or which
are secured by any of the other Loan Documents, have been paid in full.

                  C.6 Licenses.  Borrower  shall  maintain in effect,  and shall
comply  with all of the terms and  conditions  of,  all  licenses,  permits  and
approvals  required by any governmental  agency in connection with the operation
of  Borrower's  business  at the  Riviera  Hotel &  Casino,  including,  without
limitation,  all gaming licenses and approvals where the failure to maintain and
comply with the same would have a Material Adverse Effect.

         D.       DEFAULT.

                  D.l Events of Default. Any of the following shall constitute a
default hereunder (an "Event of Default"):

                           (a)      The failure of Borrower to make any payment
under the Note within fifteen (15) days after such payment is due;

                           (b)      The materially false or misleading nature
of any  representation  or  warranty  of  Borrower  contained  herein  or in any
representation  by Borrower to Lender  concerning  the  financial  condition  of
Borrower;

                           (c)      The failure of Borrower to fully perform
any and all other  covenants and  agreements  hereunder  within thirty (30) days
after notice thereof is given by the Lender to the Borrower;

                           (d)      The failure of Borrower to pay or perform
as required under any other Loan Document; and

                           (e)      Any material and substantial event of
default (subject to any applicable  notice  requirement and opportunity to cure)
by Borrower under the Indenture Agreement.

                  D.2  Acceleration.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default
hereunder,  and following any applicable  notice  requirement and opportunity to
cure,  the entire  unpaid  balance of the Note  including  all accrued  interest
shall,  at the option of Lender,  become  immediately due and payable and Lender
shall have such rights of enforcement as may be afforded by law,

                                        9


<PAGE>



hereunder, or under the Note, or any of the other Loan Documents, subject to the
provisions of Section E.3 hereof.

         E.       REMEDIES.

                  E.l  General.  Upon the  occurrence  of an  Event  of  Default
hereunder,  Lender's obligation to make any further disbursements under the Loan
or to honor any request by Borrower to convert the interest  rate under the Loan
or any portion thereof to the LIBOR Rate shall cease,  and Lender shall have all
rights and remedies  available  to Lender under the law,  hereunder or under the
Note  (including but not limited to the right to accelerate the Note), or any of
the other Loan Documents.

                  E.2  Remedies are  Cumulative.  Subject to Section E.3 hereof,
all  remedies  of Lender  provided  for  herein are  cumulative  and shall be in
addition to any and all other rights and remedies  provided in the Note,  or any
of the other Loan  Documents  or by law.  The  exercise  of any rights of Lender
hereunder  shall  not in any  way  constitute  a cure  or  waiver  of a  default
hereunder or  elsewhere,  or  invalidate  any act done pursuant to any notice of
default,  or  prejudice  Lender  in the  exercise  of any  of its  other  rights
hereunder or elsewhere unless,  in the exercise of said rights,  Lender realizes
all  amounts  owed to it  hereunder  and  under the  Note,  and the  other  Loan
Documents.

                  E.3 Subordination.  Notwithstanding  any provision in any Loan
Document to the contrary,  any indebtedness  under any Loan Document owed at any
time by the  Borrower to the Lender  which is not repaid out of the  proceeds of
the sale of Collateral (the "Subordinated  Indebtedness")  shall be subordinated
to the prior payment in full of all amounts payable under the Senior Debt to the
extent and in the manner provided in this Section.

                  For purposes of this Section, the term "Senior Debt" means the
Borrower's  obligations  for the  principal  of,  premium,  if any, and interest
(including  post-petition  interest in any  liquidation  or  dissolution  of the
Borrower  or in any  bankruptcy,  reorganization,  insolvency,  receivership  or
similar proceeding with respect to the Borrower or its property,  whether or not
a claim for such  interest is allowed or allowable in any such  proceeding)  on,
and reasonable fees, collection expenses and counsel and other professional fees
incurred in connection with collection,  work-out or insolvency related matters,
and other amounts payable on or in connection with the Indenture  Agreement,  as
the same may be amended, modified, supplemented,  restated, extended or replaced
from time to time, or any guaranty in respect of any of the foregoing.

                           (a)      If there shall be any Event of Default (as
defined in the Indenture Agreement, herein, a "Senior Debt Event of Default") in
respect of Senior Debt, unless and until such Senior Debt Event of Default shall
have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist,  the  Borrower  may not
make any  payment on account of the  Subordinated  Indebtedness,  or acquire for
cash,  property  or  securities,  by set-off or  otherwise,  or redeem,  retire,
purchase,

                                       10


<PAGE>



deposit  moneys for defeasance of or to acquire the  Subordinated  Indebtedness,
and the Borrower shall not segregate and hold separate for the benefit of Lender
money for any such payment or distribution.

                  (b) If any payment or  distribution  of assets of the Borrower
is received by Lender in respect of the Subordinated Indebtedness at a time when
that payment or distribution  should not have been made because of any provision
of this Section, such payment or distribution will be received and held in trust
for the  benefit of and will be paid over to the holders of Senior Debt or their
representatives  which is due and payable and remains  unpaid or unprovided  for
(pro rata as to each of such holders on the basis of the  respective  amounts of
Senior Debt which is due and payable  held by them) until such Senior Debt Event
of Default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist.

                  (c) Upon any  distribution  of assets of either  Borrower,  or
upon any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of such Borrower
(whether in bankruptcy,  insolvency,  receivership or similar proceeding related
to such  Borrower  or its  property  or upon an  assignment  for the  benefit of
creditors or otherwise) (a "Liquidation Event"):

                           (i) the  holder  of all  Senior  Debt  will  first be
         entitled  to  receive  payment  in full in  cash of the  principal  and
         interest  due on Senior Debt and all other  amounts  due in  connection
         with Senior  Debt  before  Lender is entitled to receive any payment on
         account of the Subordinated Indebtedness;

                           (ii) any  payment or  distributions  of assets of the
         Borrower  of any  kind or  character,  whether  in  cash,  property  or
         securities, to which Lender would be entitled except for the provisions
         of this Section (including, without limitation,  distributions received
         by Lender in respect of  obligations  junior in right of payment to the
         Subordinated  Indebtedness) will be paid by the liquidating  trustee or
         agent of such  other  person  making  such a  payment  or  distribution
         directly to the holders of Senior Debt or their  representatives to the
         extent  necessary  to make  payment in full in cash of all Senior  Debt
         remaining  unpaid,  after giving  effect to any  concurrent  payment or
         distribution,  to the holders of such Senior Debt or provision for that
         payment or distribution; and

                           (iii)  if,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  upon  a
         Liquidation  Event  any  payment  or  distribution  of assets of either
         Borrower  of any  kind or  character,  whether  in  cash,  property  or
         securities  is  received  by  Lender  on  account  of the  Subordinated
         Indebtedness  before  all  Senior  Debt is paid  in  full in  cash,  or
         effective provision made for such payment, such payment or distribution
         will be received  and held in trust for the benefit of and will be paid
         over to the holders of the Senior Debt  remaining  unpaid or unprovided
         for or their  representative  for  application  to the  payment of such
         Senior  Debt until all such  Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash,
         after  giving  effect to any  concurrent  payment  or  distribution  or
         provision therefor to the holders of such Senior Debt.

                                       11


<PAGE>




                  (d) For so long as payment hereunder is prohibited pursuant to
this Section,  Lender shall not demand,  sue for, collect or receive any payment
in  respect  of the  Subordinated  Indebtedness;  provided,  however,  that  the
foregoing  shall not be deemed to limit in any  manner  remedial  actions by the
Lender  against  the  Collateral  or the  filing by Lender of proofs of claim or
other required notices resulting from the occurrence of a Liquidation Event.

                  (e) Nothing  contained  in this Section is intended to or will
impair,  as between the Borrower and Lender,  the  obligations  of the Borrower,
which  are  absolute  and  unconditional,  to pay  to  Lender  the  Subordinated
Indebtedness  as and when it becomes  due or is  intended  to or will affect the
relative  rights of Lender and creditors of the Borrower  other than the holders
of the Senior  Debt,  nor,  except as provided in this  Section,  will  anything
herein  or  therein  prevent  Lender  from  exercising  all  remedies  otherwise
permitted  by  applicable  law upon an Event of Default  under the  Subordinated
Indebtedness,  subject to the rights,  if any, under this Section of the holders
of Senior  Debt in respect  of cash,  property  or  securities  of the  Borrower
received upon the exercise of any such remedy and subject to this Section.

                  (f) No right of any  present  or future  holders of any Senior
Debt to enforce  subordination as provided herein will at any time in any way be
prejudiced  or  impaired  by any act or  failure  to act on the  part of  either
Borrower or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder,  or
by any  noncompliance  by the Borrower  with the terms of this  Agreement or the
Indenture  Agreement,  regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder
may have or  otherwise  be  charged  with.  The  holders  of Senior  Debt or any
security therefor may release, sell or exchange such security and otherwise deal
freely with the Borrower,  all without affecting the liabilities and obligations
of the Borrower to Lender.

         F.       MISCELLANEOUS.

                  F.l No Waiver.  No waiver of any Event of Default by  Borrower
hereunder shall be implied from any omission by Lender to take action on account
of such  Event of  Default,  and no  express  waiver  shall  affect any Event of
Default  other than the Event of Default  specified in the waiver and the waiver
shall be operative only for the time and to the extent therein  stated.  Waivers
of any covenant, term, or condition contained herein shall not be construed as a
waiver of any  subsequent  breach of the same covenant,  term or condition.  The
consent or  approval by Lender to or of any act by  Borrower  requiring  further
consent  or  approval  shall not be deemed  to waive or render  unnecessary  the
consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar act.

                  F.2 No Third Parties  Benefitted.  This  Agreement is made and
entered into for the sole  protection  and benefit of Lender and  Borrower.  All
conditions of the  obligations of Lender to make advances  hereunder are imposed
solely and  exclusively  for the benefit of Lender and may be freely modified by
Lender with the  concurrence of Borrower or waived by Lender in whole or in part
at any time if in its sole discretion it deems it advisable to do so.

                                       12

<PAGE>



No person other than Borrower  shall have standing to require Lender to make any
Loan advances or be a beneficiary of this Agreement or of any of the advances to
be made hereunder.

                  F.3      Plural Borrowers Jointly and Severally Liable.  RHC
and ROC shall be jointly and severally liable to Lender for the faithful
performance of the terms hereof.

                  F.4 Notices. All notices or other  communications  required or
permitted to be given  hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be considered as
properly  given if mailed by first class United  States mail,  postage  prepaid,
registered or certified with return receipt requested, or by delivering the same
in person to the  intended  addressee,  or by  nationally  recognized  overnight
courier  service.  Notice so mailed  shall be effective  two (2)  business  days
following its deposit.  Notice given in any other manner shall be effective only
if and when received by the addressee.  For purposes of notice, the addresses of
the  parties  shall be as set  forth on the  signature  page  hereof;  provided,
however, that either party shall have the right to change its address for notice
hereunder  to any other  location  by the giving of notice to the other party in
the manner set forth above.

                  F.5 Expenses.  Borrower  shall pay promptly all reasonable and
necessary costs, charges, and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the
enforcement of the Loan.

                  F.6  Actions.  Lender  shall  have the  right to  appear in or
defend any action or  proceeding  purporting  to affect its rights,  duties,  or
liabilities  hereunder,   or  the  disbursement  of  its  funds.  In  connection
therewith, Lender may incur and pay costs and expenses, including reasonable and
necessary (under the Loan Documents)  attorneys' fees, and Borrower shall pay to
Lender on demand  all such  costs  and  expenses  and  Lender is  authorized  to
disburse funds from the Loan for said purpose.

                  F.7  Commissions  and Brokerage Fee.  Borrower shall indemnify
Lender  from  any  responsibility  and/or  liability  for  the  payment  of  any
commission,  charge or brokerage fees to anyone which may be payable by Borrower
in  connection  with the making of the Loan, it being  understood  that any such
commission,  charge,  or brokerage fees will be paid directly by Borrower to the
party or parties  entitled  thereto.  Lender shall  indemnify  Borrower from any
responsibility  and/or  liability for the payment of any  commission,  charge or
brokerage  fees to anyone which may be payable by Lender in connection  with the
making of the Loan, it being  understood that any such  commission,  charge,  or
brokerage fees will be paid directly by Lender to the party or parties  entitled
thereto.

                  F.8 Applicable  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of Nevada,  except as preempted by federal
law. Lender and Borrower consent to the exclusive  personal  jurisdiction by the
courts of Clark County, Nevada, in any action to enforce the rights and remedies
of any party hereunder.


                                       13


<PAGE>



                  F.9 Heirs,  Successors and Assigns.  This  Agreement  shall be
binding  upon and inure to the  benefit of the heirs,  successors,  assigns  and
personal representatives of the parties hereto; provided, however, that Borrower
shall not assign  its rights  hereunder  in whole or in part  without  the prior
written  consent of Lender (except as  contemplated  by Section C.5(d)  hereof),
which  such  consent  may be  granted  or  withheld  in the  sole  and  absolute
discretion of Lender.  Any such  assignment  without said consent shall be void.
Lender  shall  have the  right at any time and from  time to time to  assign  to
participants  or others all or certain of its rights and  obligations  hereunder
but no such assignment shall, without Borrower's written consent, relieve Lender
of its obligations hereunder.

                  F.10 Time.  Time is of the essence of this  Agreement and each
and every provision hereof in which time is an element.

                  F.11  Attorneys'  Fees and Costs.  If any legal  action or any
arbitration or other proceeding is brought for the enforcement of this Agreement
or because of an alleged dispute,  breach, Event of Default or misrepresentation
in connection  with any of the provisions of this  Agreement,  the successful or
prevailing  party shall be entitled to recover  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and
other  costs  incurred in that  action or  proceeding,  in addition to any other
relief to which he may be entitled.

                  F.12 Expiration of Commitment. Lender's obligation to disburse
the Loan is further  conditioned  upon the  execution of this  Agreement and the
other Loan Documents on or before February 28, 1997.

                  F.13  Interpretation.  This  Agreement  shall not be construed
against  the party  preparing  it,  but shall be  construed  as if both  parties
jointly  prepared this Agreement and any  uncertainty and ambiguity shall not be
interpreted against any one party.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement the
day and year first above written.

Riviera Holdings Corporation                RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORPORATION,
2901 Las Vegas Blvd. South                  a Nevada corporation,
Las Vegas, Nevada 89109


                                            By:________________________________

                                               Its: ___________________________


                                       14

<PAGE>


Riviera Operating Corporation                RIVIERA OPERATING CORPORATION,
2901 Las Vegas Blvd. South                   a Nevada corporation, doing 
Las Vegas, Nevada 89109                      business as RIVIERA HOTEL & CASINO


                                             By:________________________________

                                                Its: ___________________________

                                                         "Borrower"







U.S. Bank of Nevada                          U.S. BANK OF NEVADA, a Nevada
Commercial Services Group                    state-chartered commercial bank,
2300 W. Sahara Avenue
Suite 120
Las Vegas, Nevada  89102                     By:_______________________________

                                                Its:___________________________

                                                           "Lender"

                                       15


<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.33
                                                                  -------------


                                                              March 4, 1997

Eagle Gaming, L.P.
c/o Wild West Development Corporation,
General Partner
5251 DTC Bankway, Suite 1210
Englewood, Colorado  80111

                  You  have  indicated  the  interest  of  Eagle  Gaming,   L.P.
("Eagle") in forming a joint venture with Riviera Holdings Corporation ("RHC) to
(a)  acquire  the land  described  on Exhibit A hereto  ("Acquired  Land"),  (b)
construct  the casino  building  (the  "Casino")  and the parking  garage on the
Acquired Land as described on Exhibit B hereto (the "Construction Project"), (c)
acquire gaming equipment,  fit up the Casino and start up casino operations (the
"Gaming  Project")  and (d)  raise  sufficient  funds  through  a public  equity
offering  by RHC  and  mortgage  financing  to  support  all  such  undertakings
(collectively  the  "Transactions").  The  acquisition of the Acquired Land, the
Construction Project and the Gaming Project shall be referred to collectively as
the  "Project".  The  definitive  terms and  conditions  of the Project would be
determined by negotiation of a development agreement  ("Development  Agreement")
which  would  contain  representations,  warranties  and  agreements  which  are
customary in connection with projects of this nature. The Development  Agreement
also would include the following principal terms:

                  1.  Formation  of  RBL.  RHC  and  Eagle  would  enter  into a
development  agreement  ("Development  Agreement")  under  which  they  will (a)
create,  under  Colorado law, an entity to be known as Riviera  Black Hawk,  LLC
("RBL") and (b) address the  pre-Closing  tasks to be performed  by, and certain
post-Closing arrangements between, the parties, all in accordance with the terms
of this Letter.  Eagle  acknowledges  that if the firm bids for the construction
costs,  and other  amenities,  shall be materially  greater than the  "Estimated
Project Costs" (as defined in Paragraph 4), the Project may not be acceptable to
RHC.  RHC agrees to  structure  the  Transactions  to  accommodate  Eagle's  tax
planning objectives, subject, however, to no material adverse effect on RHC.

                  2. Determination of Initial Equity Ratios;  Equity Option. (a)
As discussed in Paragraph 4(b), the parties intend that 60% of Project Costs (as
finally  determined)  will be funded by borrowings  and 40% of Project Costs (as
finally  determined)  will be funded through equity capital  provided by RHC and
Eagle.  RHC's and Eagle's  relative equity  percentages will be based on amounts
contributed  by each to RBL.  Eagle's  initial  capital  contribution  will be a
minimum  of $4.4  million in value of the  Acquired  Land.  The total  amount of
equity  contributed to RBL will be determined as of Closing based on the Project
Costs as finally  determined and the percentage of Project Costs required by the
first mortgage lender to be in the form of equity.  By way of example,  based on
$51 million total  Project Costs and 60% of Project Costs funded by  borrowings,
contributions by Eagle of $4.4 million (in the form of a portion of the Acquired
Land) and by RHC of $16.0  million (in the form of the  balance of the  Acquired
Land, which


<PAGE>



will be purchased from Eagle for $10.6 million,  and $5.4 million in cash) would
result in  relative  equity  percentages  of RHC and Eagle in RBL of 78.43%  and
21.57%, respectively.

                   (b)  In  addition,  Eagle  shall  have  the  option  ("Equity
Option")  to  acquire  up to 49.9% of the RBL equity  interest,  which  shall be
exercisable   prior  to  the  date  RBL  is  licensed  by  the  Colorado  gaming
authorities,  by  contributing  Acquired  Land  with a value of more  than  $4.4
million  pursuant to Paragraph 3(a) (which shall reduce RHC's purchase price for
the balance of the Acquired  Land) or acquiring  for cash from RHC an additional
equity interest from RHC at its cost.

                  3. Purchase and Transfer of the Acquired Land, etc. (a) At the
closing ("Closing"), Eagle will contribute a portion of the Acquired Land to RBL
having a value of a minimum of $4.4  million,  and RHC will  purchase from Eagle
for a maximum of $10.6 million in cash and  contribute to RBL the balance of the
Acquired Land. Eagle may at its option increase the portion of the Acquired Land
contributed  to RBL with a  corresponding  reduction in RHC's purchase price for
the balance of the Acquired Land.

                  (b) At the Closing, Eagle and RHC will transfer marketable fee
simple title of the Acquired Land to RBL free and clear of all mortgages, liens,
charges,  encumbrances  or rights of third  parties,  subject to such  permitted
exceptions as may be set forth in the title  commitment and agreed to by RHC and
Eagle.

Such Closing will be conditioned upon Eagle obtaining:

                           (i) a title  policy  insuring  such title,  issued at
                  standard rates from a nationally  recognized  title company in
                  an amount  designated  and paid for by RBL,  provided that the
                  title  company  insurance  shall (i) be in an amount  not less
                  than $38 million and (ii)  contain the  following  endorsement
                  (the "Endorsement"):

                           "The Company [i.e., the title company] hereby insures
                           the  Insured  against  loss which the  Insured  shall
                           sustain by reason of any final judgment  entered by a
                           court  of   competent   jurisdiction,   without   the
                           possibility  of  appeal,   establishing  as  a  valid
                           interest on subject  property  that  placer  location
                           certificate recorded in Book 560 at Page 287."

                           (ii) RHC shall be  reasonably  satisfied  that 62,000
                  square  feet of gaming and public  space,  with  approximately
                  1,000 gaming devices and parking for 500  automobiles,  can be
                  constructed   under  applicable   zoning,   gaming  and  other
                  governmental  rules and at a cost not  materially in excess of
                  Estimated Project Costs; and

                                       2

<PAGE>




                           (iii)  Letters from (I) Harrah's  consenting to Eagle
                  to pursue  development of the Casino on the Acquired Land with
                  RHC and (II) certain  partners of Eagle who have liens against
                  the   Acquired   Land  in  the  form  of  Exhibits  C  and  D,
                  respectively.

                  (c) Eagle shall use its best efforts to  conclusively  dispose
of the Placer Claim  (hereinafter  defined) prior to Closing,  in which case the
"Litigation Escrow" (hereinafter  defined) shall not be required.  If the Placer
Claim is not  disposed  of prior to Closing and since the  Endorsement  does not
cover  the  expenses  ("Placer  Legal  Expenses")  of  litigating  or  otherwise
disposing of the placer claim referred to in the Endorsement ("Placer Claim"), a
portion of the Purchase  Price for the Acquired  Land,  in an amount  reasonably
satisfactory to RHC and Eagle,  shall be set aside in an escrow (the "Litigation
Escrow") for the purpose of paying the Placer  Legal  Expenses.  The  Litigation
Escrow  shall be used to pay (i) the fees and  expenses of Holme  Roberts & Owen
LLP ("HRO") in attempting to obtain a final  non-appealable  judgment of a court
of  competent  jurisdiction  to the effect that the Placer  Claim is not a valid
interest in the Acquired Land,  (ii) to settle the Placer Claim with the consent
of Eagle, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, if RHC determines
to do so and  (iii)  with the  balance,  if any,  being  paid to  Eagle.  If the
Litigation  Escrow is insufficient to cover the items referred to in clauses (i)
and/or (ii),  the excess of the Placer Legal  Expenses shall be paid by RBL as a
Project Cost. A mutually acceptable party will act as Litigation Escrow Agent.

                  4.       Project Costs; Sources and Uses.  (a) RBL will obtain
a turn-key bid for  construction  of item (a) below, a guaranteed  maximum fixed
price  ("Construction  Costs") from a reputable and bondable general contractor.
RHC shall, pursuant to the Development Agreement,  coordinate and be responsible
for the Gaming  Project.  Estimated  costs of the  Project  ("Estimated  Project
Costs") are as follows:

                                                              (000 omitted)
(a)       Development Site Facility Building* with
          Underground Parking**                                  $20,075
(b)       Gaming Equipment                                         8,100
(c)       Bankroll and Preopening                                  2,500
(d)       Indirect Costs                                           1,000
(e)       Construction Period Interest                             1,325
(f)       Other Amenities (Rest, Entertainment, etc.)             $2,200
                                                                 -------
          Total Estimated Project Costs
          Before Land Acquisition Costs and Reserves             $35,200
(g)       Acquired Land                                           15,000
(h)       Reserves                                                   800
                                                                 -------
          Total Estimated Project Costs                          $51,000
                                                                 =======

- --------
*         Sufficient gaming space to accommodate 1,000 gaming devices.
**        500 spaces.

                                       3

<PAGE>





                  Items (b) and (f) above shall not exceed $10.3 million without
Eagle's consent.

                  Unless  Eagle  shall  have  objected  in writing  within  five
business  days  after  written  notice  by RHC,  RHC  will  advance  design  and
development  costs associated with  construction of the Casino prior to Closing.
If the Closing does not occur,  such advances will be secured by an RHC mortgage
on the Acquired Land on the terms specified in Paragraph 4(c).

                  (b)  Project  Costs  shall be  funded as  follows:  60% by (i)
Project first mortgage  financing ("First Mortgage Loan"),  provided such amount
is available on reasonable terms in RHC's reasonable opinion and (ii) $8,100,000
of Gaming Equipment costs through  purchase money financing  provided by vendors
and 40% by equity contributions. The parties will use their best efforts to have
60% of Estimated Project Costs covered by funds borrowed by RBL on a nonrecourse
or project basis (i.e. the First Mortgage Loan and equipment  financing) if such
borrowings are available on reasonable terms. RHC is prepared to invest up to an
additional  $7,000,000  to provide  funds to  complete  the Project on the terms
specified in Paragraph 5.

                  (c) Any advance by RHC of Project  Costs prior to Closing will
be secured by a mortgage  on the  Acquired  Land and will bear  interest  at the
prime rate plus 2% with principal and interest being repayable at the earlier of
(i) any sale or transfer by Eagle of the Acquired Land to a third party, (ii) on
a first priority basis from the proceeds of any first mortgage  financing on the
Acquired Land or (iii) three years from the date of the first such advance.

                  5.  Capital  Calls.  (a) If  RBL  determines  that  additional
capital ("Capital Call") is required, (a) it will notify ("Call Notice") RHC and
Eagle at least 60 days in advance,  (b) if RHC or Eagle fail to promptly,  after
expiration   of  the  Call  Notice   period,   fund  a  Capital   Call  in  cash
("Non-Responding  Owner"),  the  other  owner  may  (i)  put up 50% of the  Non-
Responding  Owner's  share of the  Capital  Call ("Call Pick Up") and the equity
percentages  of the RHC and Eagle shall be  adjusted as provided in  Paragraph 6
and (ii) lend or arrange for the loan of 50% of the Non-Responding Owner's share
of the Capital Call,  with interest at prime plus 3%, and interest and principal
being paid on a priority  basis  after  payment of any first  mortgage,  capital
lease and other debt  principal and interest  payments and unpaid  Project Costs
(except as otherwise  limited by Paragraph  4(a)),  which loan will be converted
into  equity if not  repaid in full  within two years  after the  opening of the
Casino.  A Capital Call will be permitted  (i) to pay Project Costs in excess of
Estimated Project Costs, (ii) for working capital to keep the Casino and related
facilities  operating  after the Casino  opening  and (iii) to repair or replace
damaged or worn-out  property  if amounts  are  required in excess of funds in a
reserve account, which will be established.

                  (b) If RHC  wishes  to  expand  the  Project  beyond  what  is
contemplated  by the Project plans  approved by Eagle and RHC, RHC agrees to use
reasonable efforts to find alternative  sources of financing prior to initiating
a Capital  Call,  provided  that RHC shall retain sole  discretion  to determine
whether the terms of such financing are acceptable. If, within 30

                                       4

<PAGE>



days after RHC notifies Eagle of the proposed expansion,  Eagle has not notified
RHC to apply the Capital Call  provision  pursuant to Paragraph  5(a),  then RHC
will have the option ("Special Call") to purchase Eagle's equity interest in RBL
at the greater of (i) two times Eagle's  investment or (ii) the "Call Price" (as
defined in Paragraph 8(c)).

                  6.  Adjustments  of  Equity  Shares.  (a) If  there  is a Call
Pick-Up,  the equity  percentages  shall be  adjusted  based upon the  following
formula:  each owner's  Capital Account after a Capital Call shall be divided by
the Capital Accounts of the owners immediately prior to the Capital Call plus an
amount  equal to (i) 100% of any Capital  Call prior to opening of the Casino or
(ii) 110% of the Capital Call after opening of the Casino.

                  7.  Management Agreement.  At the Closing, RHC will enter
into a gaming  management  agreement with RBL, the principal  terms of which are
set forth on Exhibit E hereto (the "Management Agreement").

                  8.  Operating Agreement.  At the Closing, RHC and Eagle will
enter into an operating  agreement with respect to RBL equity with the following
principal terms:

                  (a) Mutual  rights of first  refusal on the sale of either the
underlying  assets of RBL or the RBL equity (including a 60 day preemptive right
on the sale of additional equity,  including convertible debt, by RBL to a third
party).

                  (b) Board  consisting  of number of persons  proportionate  to
RHC's and Eagle's  equity  interests  (e.g.,  initially RHC four and Eagle one),
provided  (i) RHC will have at least a majority of the Board and (ii) Eagle will
have at least one Board  member  only so long as Eagle has at least a 15% equity
interest.

                  (c) If  RBL's  EBITDA  exceeds  $15  million  for any 12 month
period  commencing 18 months after the Casino opens, RHC shall have the right to
call Eagle's  interest by paying in cash an amount ("Call  Price") equal to 110%
of "Appraised Value" (hereinafter  defined),  multiplied by Eagle's then current
equity percentage of RBL.

                  (d) Eagle shall have a put ("Put") to RBL commencing after the
Casino opens at a price ("Put Price") equal to 90% of the Appraised Value of RBL
multiplied  by Eagle's then current  equity  percentage of RBL and shall receive
payment in the form of a subordinated promissory note payable out of one-half of
the pre-tax net income of RBL (but only to the extent  permitted by RBL's senior
indebtedness  holders),  with interest on the unpaid  balance equal to the prime
rate plus 2%,  provided  that if Eagle  exercises the Put within 18 months after
the Casino opens,  the interest rate shall be the prime rate.  Such note will be
secured by a pledge of Eagle's former ownership  interest in RBL and will mature
no later than one year after the scheduled  maturity date of the First Mortgage.
If RHC (or an affiliate) will own 100% of the equity of RBL (after giving effect
to a Put by  Eagle),  Eagle  may,  in lieu of the RBL  note  referred  to in the
preceding sentence (in whole or in part) receive RHC common stock ("RHC

                                       5

<PAGE>



Shares")  which (x) will be valued at the closing  market  price of RHC's common
stock on 20  trading  days  prior to the date  that  Eagle  notifies  RBL of its
exercise of the Put and (y) will be restricted  stock which may not be resold or
distributed  publicly  unless (i) in the opinion of counsel  satisfactory to RHC
such sale or distribution is exempt from  registration  under the Securities Act
of  1933 or (ii)  the RHC  Shares  are  included  in an  effective  registration
statement.  If RHC intends to  register  the public sale of shares of its common
stock for cash, Eagle shall have a right ("Piggy-Back Right") to include the RHC
Shares in such  registration,  provided that if the managing  underwriter[s]  of
such  offering  by RHC advise that all or a portion of the RHC Shares may not be
included  in such  registration  and  other  holders  of  piggyback  rights  are
similarly excluded, Eagle's request shall not be honored and in lieu thereof RHC
will  undertake to file a  registration  statement  covering the sale of the RHC
Shares within six months of the effective date of the registration  covering the
sale by RHC. Eagle shall have one demand registration right ("Demand Right") for
a sale of the RHC Shares in a firm commitment  underwritten public offering at a
specified  underwriting  discount as  specified  in an  underwriters'  letter of
intent.  As to the  Demand  Right,  RHC may (i) delay  registration  for up to 9
months  (except  that if the Put shall be given after the first  anniversary  of
opening of the  Casino,  the period of such delay may not exceed six months) and
(ii)  purchase the RHC Shares (and cancel  Eagle's  Demand  Right) for an amount
equal to the average  closing market price of RHC's common stock on the American
Stock Exchange on the 20 trading days immediately  preceding the exercise of the
Demand  Right minus such  underwriting  discount by notice to Eagle prior to the
effective date of the registration statement covering the RHC Shares.

                  (e) For purposes of  Paragraphs  8(c) and (d),  the  Appraised
Value shall equal the average of fair market values of RBL as a going concern as
determined by two big six accounting firms and/or investment  banking firms, one
of whom shall be  selected  by RBL and one of whom shall be  selected  by Eagle;
provided that if the individual  fair market values of RBL as determined by such
firms  differ by more than 25% and either RBL or Eagle  requests a third big six
independent  accounting firm (i.e. not the accountants for either RHC or Eagle),
such firms shall select a big six  accounting  firm to determine the fair market
value of RBL, and such third firm's  valuation shall be the Appraised Value. For
purposes of any such appraisals,  any capital  expenditures  during the prior 12
months in excess of 105% of depreciation and amortization  will be added back to
cash.  The costs of the  appraisals  shall be paid by RBL and deducted  from the
Appraised Value.

                  9. Eagle Parking on the Acquired Land. From the Closing to the
commencement  of  construction  by RBL on the Acquired Land which, in RBL's sole
discretion, shall require Eagle to vacate, Eagle may lease the Acquired Land for
an  indeterminate  term which shall be  terminable by either RBL or Eagle on not
less than 30 days prior written notice of  termination  or immediately  upon the
occurrence  of a Default and  otherwise  as  specified  pursuant to a lease,  in
customary form, which will be executed at or prior to the Closing and which will
contain the following general terms:

                                       6


<PAGE>



                  (a) "Parking Lot Expenses;  Rent. Eagle will pay all operating
costs ("Parking Lot Expenses") associated with operation of a parking lot on the
Acquired Land on a so-called  triple net basis,  including  without  limitation,
taxes,  security and insurance against risks and in amounts specified by RBL and
naming RBL and RHC as  insureds.  Eagle will pay monthly  rent ("Base  Rent") of
$10,000 commencing 90 days after the Closing, payable in advance.

                  (b) "Default".  Eagle shall fail to pay any Parking Lot
Expenses or any installment of Base Rent 10 days after notice from RBL.

                  10.  Brokers' Fees.  RHC will issue 100,000 warrants to
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. ("LT&C") as set forth in a letter,  dated March 3,
1997,  as financial  advisor and agent in arranging  first  mortgage  financing.
Eagle  will  pay  LT&C's  fees  for  advising  Eagle  in  connection   with  the
Transactions  and will indemnify RHC and RBL from all other brokers' or finders'
fees incurred by Eagle in connection with the  Transactions.  RHC will indemnify
Eagle and RBL from any brokers' or finders' fees as a result of RHC's actions.

                  11.  Public Offering.  Eagle acknowledges that RHC's ability
to enter into the transactions contemplated hereby is dependent upon receipt by
RHC of net  proceeds  of the sale in a public  offering  of  1,750,000  shares
to be underwritten  by LT&C.  RHC  will  use all  reasonable  efforts  to close
such offering, on terms acceptable at its sole discretion.

                  12.  Gaming Approval.  RHC has no reasonable basis for
believing that any government  approvals necessary for RHC to own and manage the
Casino cannot be obtained prior to the Closing. RHC agrees to use all reasonable
efforts to obtain such government approvals.

                  13.  Assignment; Other Gaming Opportunities.  (a)  RHC may
assign its rights and obligations  with respect to the  Transactions,  including
the Management Agreement, to one of its affiliates.

                  (b)  Eagle  and RHC,  and their  respective  affiliates  ("New
Project  Initiator")  shall offer any other  gaming  opportunities  which either
intends to develop in the Black Hawk/Central City area (other than the competing
Harrah's Black Hawk Casino and Harrah's  Central City Casino in which Eagle owns
equity interests) to RBL on a first refusal basis, provided, if RBL is unable to
undertake the development  because either Eagle or RHC refuses to contribute its
respective  pro-rata  shares of the required  equity capital in a timely fashion
the New Project Initiator may develop such opportunity outside RBL. Expansion of
the Project shall be governed by Paragraph 5(b).

                  14.  Pre-Closing Expenses.  RHC and Eagle anticipate that
they will each incur  certain  expenses  prior to Closing  in  performing  their
respective  obligations in accordance  with this Letter.  Except as specified in
this Letter or such other estimated expenses as may be added

                                       7

<PAGE>



to Project  Costs by the  parties  at the time they  enter into the  Development
Agreement, RHC and Eagle shall each pay, and be exclusively responsible for, its
own expenses.

                  15.  No Shop.  As a material  inducement to RHC to proceed
with its due diligence review,  Eagle hereby agrees that it will not directly or
indirectly make,  solicit,  initiate,  encourage or respond to a submission or a
proposal of an offer from any person or entity  (other than RHC) relating to the
sale of the Acquired Land or any transaction involving Eagle which is similar to
the Project from the date of execution of this Letter through June 30, 1997.

                  16.  Publicity.  Neither RHC nor Eagle will publicly disclose
the nature of the Transactions  without the consent of the other,  provided that
the  foregoing  will not prevent  such  disclosure  if counsel for either RHC or
Eagle advise that such disclosure is legally required.

                  17.  Non-binding  Legal  Effect.  The execution of this letter
constitutes  an  expression  of interest by RHC and Eagle  regarding the subject
matter  hereof,  except for the  provisions of Paragraphs 14, 15 and 16. Without
limiting the  generality of the foregoing  except as contained in this Paragraph
17,  neither  party shall have any parties  obligation  with  respect to a joint
venture,  it being expressly  understood that such obligation would be contained
only in the definitive Development Agreement. This letter shall terminate if the
partners have not executed a definitive Development Agreement by June 30, 1997.

                  If the  foregoing  is  acceptable,  please sign and return the
enclosed copy prior to the close of business March 41, 1997.

                                                 Very truly yours,

                                                 RIVIERA HOLDINGS CORP.


                                                 By:___________________________

ACCEPTED:

EAGLE GAMING, L.P.


By:  WILD WEST DEVELOPMENT
     CORPORATION, GENERAL PARTNER


By:______________________________
Dated:  __________ __, 1997

                                       8

<PAGE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission